Перевод: со всех языков на английский

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Немецкий
Русский
Украинский

after the greatest hope

1 ab

ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:
AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;
AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;
AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;
AF SOLO,
ib. 589;
AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):
abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):
abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:
abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;
and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;
and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
I.
In space, and,
II.
Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
I.
Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):
Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:
ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:
illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:
venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
b.
Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:
oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:
quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:
ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:
protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:
profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;
of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:
classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;
of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:
legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.
c.
Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):
Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:
libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:
cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:
multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:
so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:
a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:
ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
B.
Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
1.
Of separation:
ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:
abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:
tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:
absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—
2.
Of distance:
quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:
nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:
hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:
terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:
non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):
cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:
qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:
quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:
procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:
tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;
v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:
tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:
tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:
onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:
duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —
3.
To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:
picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:
pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:
non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:
erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
II.
Fig.
A.
In time.
1.
From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:
Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:
mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:
ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:
a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:
confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:
statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;
and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:
protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:
Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—
Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:
secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
2.
With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:
ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:
infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:
vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:
cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:
in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:
centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:
cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:
ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:
diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:
quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:
jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:
cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:
a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:
pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
b.
Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:
qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:
mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,
a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:
jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:
ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:
jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.
followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:
usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:
jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:
a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:
viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;
rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:
qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,
a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:
a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:
a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:
ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:
ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:
a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:
a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:
ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:
ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;
and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
B.
In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
1.
In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:
qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:
quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:
condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:
mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:
si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:
quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:
ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:
ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:
ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):
qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:
tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:
Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:
quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:
hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:
discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):
quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:
alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):
subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:
haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:
non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
2.
In partic.
a.
To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:
a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:
disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:
illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:
ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:
pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:
niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:
quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:
salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:
a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:
ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):
levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:
a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:
si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:
ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:
metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:
bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:
ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:
lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:
Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:
tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:
vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,
ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:
si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:
deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;
and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:
ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:
(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
b.
With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:
pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:
Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):
obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
c.
In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:
(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
d.
With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:
da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,
da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:
coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:
cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:
a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
e.
With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:
a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:
tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:
Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:
expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:
haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):
ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:
ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:
ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
f.
With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:
el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:
ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:
metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;
v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:
postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
g.
With verbs of fastening and holding:
funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
h.
Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:
a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
i.
Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):
id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
j.
Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:
doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:
a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:
a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,
a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:
laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
k.
Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:
ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:
a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:
orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):
locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:
sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:
ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:
ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;
so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
l.
In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:
linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:
ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
m.
Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:
ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:
fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:
dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.
n.
In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
o.
In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:
qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:
ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:
nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
p.
To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;
in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,
a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
q.
The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:
a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:
a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:
ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:
ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:
a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:
a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;
Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:
a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.
► a.
Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:
Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:
a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:
a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:
res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
b.
Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
c.
It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:
a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:
a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:
a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:
a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:
damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
d.
The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):
aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:
aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:
aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:
aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:
a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:
abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:
a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §
7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
e.
A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
III.
In composition ab,
1.
Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
2.
It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab
2 cabo

m.

1 rope (rope).

2 corporal (military).

cabo primero = military rank between corporal and sergeant

3 cape (geography).

el cabo de Buena Esperanza the cape of Good Hope

4 bit, piece (trozo).

5 stub, extremity, butt, end.

6 rope end.

7 first rower.

8 stub of the pencil.

* * *

cabo

► nombre masculino

1 (extremo) end, stub

2 (parte pequeña) bit, piece

■ un cabo de cuerda a bit of string

3 figurado end

■ al cabo de un mes in a month's time

■ cambió de residencia al cabo de un mes he moved house a month later

4 (cuerda) rope, line

5 GEOGRAFÍA cape

6 MILITAR corporal

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

al cabo finally

atar cabos / juntar cabos figurado to put two and two together

de cabo a rabo from head to tail

estar al cabo (de la calle) figurado to be in on it, know what's going on

llevar a cabo to carry out

no dejar cabo suelto figurado to leave no loose ends

Cabo de Buena Esperanza Cape of Good Hope

Cabo Cañaveral Cape Canaveral

Cabo de Hornos Cape Horn

Cabo Verde Cape Verde

Ciudad del Cabo Cape Town

* * *

noun m.

1) cape

2) corporal

3) thread

•

- al cabo de
- al fin y al cabo
- llevar a cabo

* * *

SM

1) (=trozo pequeño) [de cuerda, hilo] thread; [de vela, lápiz] stub

falta cortar los cabitos de hilo — the loose threads just need cutting off

iluminamos la habitación con un cabo de vela — we used the stub o end of a candle to light the room with

escribía con un cabito — he was writing with a pencil stub

cabo de vela — (Náut) rope, cable

2) [locuciones]

• al cabo — frm (=al final) in the end; (=después de todo) at the end of the day

al cabo, su dedicación a la música ha rendido sus frutos — in the end, his dedication to music has borne fruit, his dedication to music has finally borne fruit

al cabo, su gran satisfacción era oír los aplausos — at the end of the day, his greatest satisfaction was to hear the applause

• al cabo de — after

al cabo de tres meses — after three months, three months later

• llevar a cabo — [+ acción, investigación, tarea] to carry out; [+ viaje] to make

estamos llevando a cabo un proyecto en colaboración con la universidad — we are carrying out a joint project with the university

ya hemos llevado a cabo la recogida de firmas — we have already collected the signatures

en esta piscina se llevarán a cabo las pruebas de natación — the swimming events will take place in this pool

atar cabos —

atando cabos, me di cuenta de que... — I put two and two together and realized that...

- de cabo a cabo

me leí el libro de cabo a rabo en un día — I read the book from beginning to end o from start to finish in a day

me recorrí el pueblo de cabo a rabo y no encontré ningún restaurante — I went all through the village and didn't find a single restaurant

- estar al cabo de la calle de algo

- no dejar ningún cabo suelto

3) (=graduación) [de militar] corporal; [de policía] sergeant

cabo de escuadra — corporal

cabo de mar — petty officer

cabo primero — first officer

4) (Geog) cape

Cabo Cañaveral — Cape Canaveral

cabo de Buena Esperanza — Cape of Good Hope

cabo de Hornos — Cape Horn

Cabo Verde — Cape Verde

5) (Remo) stroke

* * *

masculino

1) (Geog) cape

2)

a) (Mil) corporal

b) ( en remo) stroke

- cabo de segunda

- cabo de primera

- cabo primero

3) ( extremo) end; ( trozo pequeño) bit, piece

han quedado muchos cabos sueltos — there are a lot of loose ends

atar los cabos sueltos — to tie up the loose ends

al cabo de — after

atar or unir cabos — (fam) to put two and two together

de cabo a rabo — (fam) from beginning to end

estar al cabo de algo — to know all about something

estar al cabo de la calle — (Esp fam) to know the score (colloq)

llevar a cabo — <tarea/misión> to carry out

llevó a cabo un duro entrenamiento — he trained very hard

lleva a cabo una excelente labor — he does an excellent job

* * *

masculino

1) (Geog) cape

2)

a) (Mil) corporal

b) ( en remo) stroke

- cabo de segunda

- cabo de primera

- cabo primero

3) ( extremo) end; ( trozo pequeño) bit, piece

han quedado muchos cabos sueltos — there are a lot of loose ends

atar los cabos sueltos — to tie up the loose ends

al cabo de — after

atar or unir cabos — (fam) to put two and two together

de cabo a rabo — (fam) from beginning to end

estar al cabo de algo — to know all about something

estar al cabo de la calle — (Esp fam) to know the score (colloq)

llevar a cabo — <tarea/misión> to carry out

llevó a cabo un duro entrenamiento — he trained very hard

lleva a cabo una excelente labor — he does an excellent job

* * *

cabo¹

¹ = end.

Ex: Scanning must start to the left of the bar codes and must continue past the right end.

* al fin y al cabo = in the end, after all, all in all, after all is said and done, when all is said and done.

* atar los cabos sueltos = tie up + all the loose ends.

* cabos sueltos = loose ends.

* cabo suelto = unfinished business, unresolved matter.

* conocer Algo de cabo a rabo = know + Nombre + inside-out.

* de cabo a rabo = lock, stock and barrel, from head to toe, from head to foot.

* encargado de llevar a cabo = implementor [implementer].

* leer de cabo a rabo = read + from cover to cover.

* llevar a cabo = accomplish, carry out, conduct, execute, go about, implement, proceed, effect, realise [realize, -USA], transact, carry through, press forward (with).

* llevar a cabo actividades = conduct + business.

* llevar a cabo una acción = effect + execution.

* llevar a cabo una actividad = conduct + activity.

* llevar a cabo una actuación común = make + a concerted effort.

* llevar a cabo una iniciativa = take + initiative.

* llevar a cabo una misión = accomplish + mission.

* llevar a cabo una orden = execute + command.

* llevar a cabo una redada = swoop.

* llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.

* llevar a cabo un atraco = pull off + heist.

* llevar a cabo un proyecto = carry out + project, undertake + project, develop + project.

* llevar a cabo un robo = execute + theft, pull off + heist.

* no dejar ni un cabo suelto = tie up + all the loose ends.

cabo²

² = cape.

Ex: Some gazetteers include entries for rivers, capes and other geographical features.

* Cabo Cañaveral = Cape Canaveral.

* Cabo Verde = Cape Verde.

* Ciudad del Cabo = Cape Town.

* Islas de Cabo Verde = Cape Verde Islands.

* República de Cabo Verde = Cape Verde.

* República de las Islas de Cabo Verde = Cape Verde Islands.

cabo³

³ = corporal.

Ex: Another effect of unification was to delete the appointments of lance corporal and lance sergeant (a corporal holding the acting rank of sergeant).

* cabo primero = lance corporal.

* * *

cabo

masculine

A ( Geog) cape

Compuestos:

● Cabo Cañaveral

Cape Canaveral

● Cabo de Buena Esperanza

el Cabo de Buena Esperanza the Cape of Good Hope

● Cabo de Hornos

el Cabo de Hornos Cape Horn

B

1 ( Mil) corporal

2 (en remo) stroke

Compuestos:

● cabo de primera

petty officer

● cabo de segunda

seaman ( AmE), leading seaman ( BrE)

● cabo primero

corporal

C (extremo) end; (trozo pequeño) bit, piece

la investigación ha dejado muchos cabos sueltos the investigation has left a lot of things unexplained o a lot of loose ends

atar los cabos sueltos to tie up the loose ends

del lápiz me queda este cabito this stub's all that's left of my pencil

al cabo de after

al cabo de los tres primeros meses after the first three months

atar or unir cabos ( fam); to put two and two together

de cabo a rabo ( fam); from start to finish, from beginning to end

se conoce la ciudad de cabo a rabo she knows the city inside out o like the back of her hand

estar al cabo de algo to know all about sth

estaba al cabo de lo que estábamos tramando she knew exactly what we were planning

estar al cabo de la calle ( fam); to know the score ( colloq), to know what one's about ( colloq)

llevar a cabo ‹operación/robo› to carry out;

‹amenaza› to carry out, execute ( frml)

no sé cómo llevó a cabo tal proeza I've no idea how he carried out o performed o ( frml) executed such a feat

llevó a cabo un duro entrenamiento para el combate he trained very hard for the fight

llevó a cabo una excelente labor he did an excellent job

* * *

cabo sustantivo masculino
1 (Geog) cape
2
a) (Mil) corporal

b) ( en remo) stroke

3 ( extremo) end;
◊ al cabo de after;

de cabo a rabo (fam) from beginning to end;
llevar a cabo ‹ misión› to carry out;
lleva a cabo una excelente labor he does an excellent job
cabo sustantivo masculino
1 (extremo) end
2 Geography cape
Cabo Verde, Cape Verde
Ciudad de El Cabo, Cape Town
3 Náut rope, cable
4 Mil corporal
♦ Locuciones: atar cabos, to put two and two together
atar los cabos sueltos, to tie up the loose ends
no dejar ningún cabo suelto, to leave no loose ends
estar al cabo de la calle, to know the score
llevar a cabo, to carry out
al cabo de, (transcurrido) after: al cabo de cinco minutos se marcharon, they left after five minutes
al fin y al cabo: al fin y al cabo no tengo nada que perder, after all I've got nothing to lose
de cabo a rabo, from start to finish
' cabo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
efectuar
- ejecutar
- fin
- operar
- realizar
- remolque
- romper
- saco
- confiar
- desarrollar
- desplegar
- doblar
- hacer
- largar
- practicar
- traslado
English:
accomplish
- achieve
- all
- blow over
- boil down
- bust
- but
- cape
- Cape Horn
- Cape of Good Hope
- Cape Town
- carry off
- carry out
- come along
- conduct
- corporal
- effect
- follow through
- forceful
- full-scale
- go through with
- handle
- headland
- implement
- inquest
- marketing
- perform
- point
- pull off
- rope
- see through
- sergeant
- stub
- stump
- thorough
- bring
- carry
- come
- cover
- fulfill
- go
- head
- instigation
- on
- ply
- say
- stage
- survey
- swoop
- way

* * *

cabo

♦ nm

1. [en ejército] corporal

Comp
cabo primero = military rank between corporal and sergeant
2. [accidente geográfico] cape

Comp
el Cabo de Buena Esperanza the Cape of Good Hope;
Cabo Cañaveral Cape Canaveral;

el Cabo de Hornos Cape Horn;

Cabo Kennedy Cape Kennedy;

Cabo Verde [país] Cape Verde

3. [trozo] [de cuerda] bit, piece

4. [extremo, punta] [de vela] stub, stump;
[de cuerda] end;
Comp

de cabo a rabo from beginning to end;

Comp

atar cabos to put two and two together

Comp
cabo suelto loose end;
Comp

no dejar ningún cabo suelto, atar los cabos sueltos to tie up all the loose ends

5. [hebra de cuerda] strand;

lana de cuatro cabos four-ply wool

6. Náut [cuerda] rope

7. Comp

al fin y al cabo after all, at the end of the day;

estar al cabo de la calle to be well informed;

llevar algo a cabo to carry sth out;

el secuestrador llevó a cabo sus amenazas the kidnapper carried out his threat;

he conseguido llevar a cabo mis planes I've managed to carry out my plans

♦ al cabo de loc prep

al cabo de una semana after a week, a week later;

al cabo de varios días after a few days, a few days later

* * *

cabo

m

1 end;

al cabo de after;

de cabo a rabo fam from start to finish;

estar al cabo de la calle know the score fam, be clued up fam ;

llevar a cabo carry out

2 GEOG cape

3 MAR rope;

quedan muchos cabos sueltos fig there are still a lot of loose ends;

atar cabos fam put two and two together fam

4 MIL corporal

* * *

cabo nm

1) : end

al cabo de dos semanas: at the end of two weeks

2) : stub, end piece

3) : corporal

4) : cape, headland

el Cabo Cañaveral: Cape Canaveral

5)

al fin y al cabo : after all, in the end

6)

llevar a cabo : to carry out, to do

* * *

cabo n

1. (extremo) end

2. (parte de tierra) cape

al cabo de later

apareció al cabo de tres horas she turned up three hours later

de cabo a rabo from beginning to end

llevar a cabo to carry out [pt. & pp. carried]

Spanish-English dictionary > cabo
3 plus

c black plus [ply]

━━━━━━━━━

1. negative adverb

2. comparative adverb

3. superlative adverb

4. conjunction

5. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque plus fait partie d'une locution comme d'autant plus, non... plus, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

► ne... plus not any more

• il ne la voit plus he doesn't see her any more

• il n'a plus à s'inquiéter maintenant he doesn't need to worry any more now

• je ne reviendrai plus/plus jamais I won't/I'll never come back again

• il n'a plus dit un mot he didn't say another word

• il n'est plus là he isn't here anymore

• elle n'est plus très jeune she's not as young as she used to be► plus de + nom

• elle ne veut plus de pain she doesn't want any more bread

• elle n'a plus d'argent she's got no money left

• il n'y a plus beaucoup de pain there's hardly any bread left

• t'as plus de pain ? (inf) haven't you got any bread left?► plus que ( = seulement)

il ne nous reste plus qu'à attendre all we've got to do now is wait

• il ne me reste plus qu'à vous dire au revoir it only remains for me to say goodbye

• plus que 5 km only another 5km► plus rien

• il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left

• on n'y voit presque plus rien you can hardly see anything now► plus aucun

• il n'a plus aucun ami he hasn't a single friend left

• il n'y a plus aucun espoir there's no hope left► plus personne

• il n'y a plus personne there's nobody left

• plus personne ne lit plus Boileau nobody reads Boileau these days

2. <

   a. (avec verbe) more

• il devrait lire plus he should read more

• vous travaillez plus que nous you work harder than us

• il ne gagne pas plus que vous he doesn't earn any more than you

   b. (avec adjectif ou adverbe court)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• ce fauteuil est plus large this chair is wider

• il court plus vite qu'elle he runs faster than her

• une heure plus tôt an hour earlier

• une heure plus tard an hour later

• elle n'est pas plus grande que sa sœur she isn't any taller than her sister

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son comparatif est formé avec ier.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• elle est plus jolie she's prettier

• elle est plus bête she's sillier

• c'était plus drôle it was funnier

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus gros he's bigger

• il est plus mince he's slimmer

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur comparatif avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus malin he's more cunning

• pour y arriver plus rapidement to get there more quickly

• prends-le plus doucement hold it more gently

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Attention aux comparatifs irréguliers.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est plus loin it's further

• c'est plus grave it's worse

   c. (avec adjectif ou adverbe long)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus compétent que moi he is more competent than me

• beaucoup plus facilement much more easily

   d. (locutions)

► plus de ( = davantage de) more ; ( = plus que) over

• plus de pain more bread

• il y aura beaucoup plus de monde demain there will be a lot more people tomorrow

• il y aura plus de 100 personnes there will be more than or over 100 people

• il roulait à plus de 100 km/h he was driving at more than or over 100km per hour

• les enfants de plus de 4 ans children over 4

• les plus de 30 ans the over 30s

• il n'y avait pas plus de 10 personnes there were no more than 10 people

• il est plus de 9 heures it's after 9 o'clock► à plus tard ! see you later!

► à plus ! (inf) see you later!

► plus que + adjectif ou adverbe

• un résultat plus qu'honorable a more than honourable result

• plus que jamais more than ever

• j'en ai plus qu'assez ! I've had more than enough of this!► de plus ( = en outre) (en tête de phrase) moreover

• c'est dangereux, de plus c'est illégal it's dangerous, and what's more, it's illegal

• elle a 10 ans de plus she's 10 years older

• il y a dix personnes de plus qu'hier there are ten more people than yesterday

• il me faut une heure de plus I need one more hour

• une fois de plus once again► de plus en plus more and more

• je l'admire de plus en plus I admire her more and more

• aller de plus en plus vite to go faster and faster

• de plus en plus drôle funnier and funnier► en plus ( = en supplément)

les frais d'envoi sont en plus postal charges are not included

• on nous a donné deux verres en plus we were given two extra glasses

• vous n'avez pas une chaise en plus ? you wouldn't have a spare chair?

• en plus de cela on top of that► en plus + adjectif

• il ressemble à sa mère, mais en plus blond he's like his mother only fairer

• je cherche le même genre de maison en plus grand I'm looking for the same kind of house only bigger► ... et plus

• les enfants de six ans et plus children aged six and over► ni plus ni moins

• il est compétent, mais ni plus ni moins que sa sœur he's competent, but neither more nor less so than his sister► plus... moins the more... the less

• plus on le connaît, moins on l'apprécie the more you get to know him, the less you like him► plus... plus the more... the more

• plus il en a, plus il en veut the more he has, the more he wants► plus ou moins ( = à peu près, presque) more or less

• plus ou moins réussi more or less successful

• à plus ou moins long terme sooner or later

• il supporte plus ou moins bien cette situation he just about puts up with the situation

• ils utilisent cette méthode avec plus ou moins de succès they use this method with varying degrees of success► qui plus est moreover

3. <

   a. ► le plus + verbe most

• ce qui m'a frappé le plus what struck me most

• ce qui les a le plus étonnés what surprised them the most

   b. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe court

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus grand peintre qui ait jamais vécu he is the greatest painter that ever lived

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison iest.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est la plus jolie she's the prettiest

• c'est la plus bête she's the silliest

• c'est le moment le plus drôle du film it's the funniest bit of the film

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus gros he's the biggest

• c'est le plus mince he's the slimmest

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur superlatif avec most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• l'enfant le plus doué que je connaisse the most gifted child I know

• c'est la partie la plus ennuyeuse it's the most boring part

• c'est ce que j'ai de plus précieux it's the most precious thing I possess

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le plus petit des deux the smaller of the two

• le plus gentil des jumeaux the nicer of the twins

   c. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe long

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec the most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus intéressant it's the most interesting

• la plus belle de toutes mes photos the most beautiful of all my photographs

• c'est la personne la plus désordonnée que je connaisse she's the untidiest person I know

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le plus beau des deux the more beautiful of the two

   d. ► le plus de + nom the most

• c'est le samedi qu'il y a le plus de monde Saturday is when there are most people

• ce qui m'a donné le plus de mal the thing I had most difficulty with

• celui qui a le plus de chances de gagner the one with the best chance of winning

   e. (locutions)

► le plus... possible

• pour y arriver le plus rapidement possible to get there as quickly as possible

• prends-en le plus possible take as much (or as many) as possible► au plus at the most

• ça vaut 100 € au plus it's worth 100 euros at the most

• tout au plus at the very most

• il a trente ans, tout au plus he's thirty at most

• rappelle-moi au plus vite call me back as soon as possible► des plus + adjectif

• une situation des plus embarrassantes a most embarrassing situation

4. <

plus

• deux plus deux font quatre two plus two make four

• tous les voisins, plus leurs enfants all the neighbours, plus their children

• il fait plus deux aujourd'hui it's plus two today

5. <

   a. (Mathematics) (signe) plus plus (sign)

c black   b. ( = avantage) plus

• ici, parler breton est un plus indéniable being able to speak Breton is definitely a plus here

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

✦ The s of plus is never pronounced when used in negatives, eg il ne la voit plus. When used in comparatives the s is generally pronounced s, eg il devrait lire plus, although there are exceptions, notably plus preceding an adjective or adverb, eg plus grand, plus vite. Before a vowel sound, the comparative plus is pronounced z, eg plus âgé.

* * *

I
1. ply, plys, plyz
préposition

8 plus 3 égale 11 — 8 and ou plus 3 equals 11

un dessert plus du café — a dessert and coffee (as well)

plus 10° — plus 10°

2.

adverbe de comparaison

1) ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif)

le plus — the most

je ne peux pas faire plus — I can do no more, I can't do any more

elle est plus que jolie — she's more than just pretty

elle mange deux fois plus que lui — she eats twice as much as he does

plus j'y pense, moins je comprends — the more I think about it, the less I understand

plus ça va — as time goes on

qui plus est — furthermore, what's more

quel pays aimes-tu le plus? — which country do you like best?

de plus en plus — more and more

2) ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most

deux fois plus cher — twice as expensive ( que as)

c'est le même modèle en plus petit — it's the same model, only smaller

il est on ne peut plus désagréable — he's as unpleasant as can be

il est plus ou moins artiste — he's an artist of sorts

il a été plus ou moins poli — he wasn't particularly polite

ils étaient plus ou moins ivres — they were a bit drunk

un livre des plus intéressants — a most interesting book

de plus en plus difficile — more and more difficult

3) ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most

trois heures plus tôt/tard — three hours earlier/later

deux fois plus longtemps — twice as long ( que as)

ils ne sont pas restés plus longtemps que nous — they didn't stay any longer than we did ou than us

il l'a fait plus ou moins bien — he didn't do it very well

de plus en plus loin — further and further

plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué — the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be

3.

adverbe de négation

elle ne fume plus — she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes

plus jamais ça! — never again!

plus besoin de se presser — (colloq) there's no need to hurry any more

il n'y a plus d'œufs — there are no more eggs, there aren't any eggs left

j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture! — I went into the garage, the car was gone!

il n'y a plus que lui qui puisse nous aider — only he can help us now

plus que trois jours avant Noël! — only three days left ou to go until Christmas!

4.

plus de déterminant indéfini

1) ( avec un nom dénombrable)

deux fois plus de livres que — twice as many books as

c'est lui qui a le plus de livres — he's got the most books

les gens qui posent le plus de problèmes — the people who pose the most problems

plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries — the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have

il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place — quite a few people would like to be in his/her position

2) ( avec un nom non dénombrable)

je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi — I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did

deux fois plus de vin — twice as much wine ( que as)

3) ( avec un numéral)

elle n'a pas plus de 50 disques — she has no more than 50 records

les gens de plus de 60 ans — people over 60

il était déjà bien plus de onze heures — it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock

5.

au plus locution adverbiale at the most

tout au plus — at the very most

6.

de plus locution adverbiale

1) ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more

2) ( en supplément)

deux pommes de plus — two more apples

une fois de plus — once more, once again

9% de plus — 9% more

7.

en plus locution

en plus (de cela) — on top of that

le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus — the same model, only with a sunroof

il a reçu 300 euros en plus de son salaire — he got 300 euros on top of his salary

les taxes en plus — plus tax, tax not included

II plys
nom masculin invariable

1) Mathématique plus

le signe plus — the plus sign

2) (colloq) ( avantage) plus (colloq)

••

plus I

A note on pronunciation

plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used

plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi]

plus I

Formation du comparatif des adjectifs et des adverbes en anglais

Deux cas peuvent se présenter

1 adjectifs et adverbes courts

En règle générale on ajoute ‘-er’ à la fin de l'adjectif/adverbe: plus grand/petit/simple = taller/smaller/simpler; plus longtemps/vite = longer/faster

Remarques

- pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big/bigger, sad/sadder, dim/dimmer, wet/wetter etc

- attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient sunnier, pretty/prettier, happy/happier etc

2 adjectifs et adverbes longs

On ajoute more devant le mot: plus beau/compétent/intéressant = more beautiful/competent/interesting; plus facilement/sérieusement = more easily/seriously

Remarques

- certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple peut produire simpler ou more simple, handsome/handsomer ou more handsome etc

- certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec more: callous/more callous, cunning/more cunning

- les adverbes se terminant par ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec more: quickly/more quickly, slowly/more slowly etc

Formation du superlatif des adjectifs et des adverbes en anglais

Deux cas peuvent se présenter

1 adjectifs et adverbes courts

En règle générale on ajoute ‘(e)st’ à la fin du mot: le plus grand/petit/simple = the tallest/smallest/simplest; le plus longtemps/vite = the longest/fastest

Remarques

- pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big- the biggest, sad- the saddest, dim- the dimmest etc

- attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient the sunniest, pretty/the prettiest, happy/the happiest etc

2 adjectifs et adverbes longs

On ajoute the most devant le mot: le plus beau/compétent/intéressant = the most beautiful/competent/interesting; le plus facilement/sérieusement = the most easily/seriously

Remarques

- certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple/the simplest ou the most simple, clever/the cleverest ou the most clever etc

- certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec the most: callous/the most callous, cunning/the most cunning etc

- les adverbes en ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec the most: quickly/the most quickly, slowly/the most slowly etc

Attention: lorsque la comparaison ne porte que sur deux éléments on utilise la forme du comparatif: le plus doué des deux = the more gifted of the two; la voiture la plus rapide des deux = the faster car

L'expression le plus possible est traitée avec possible

On trouvera ci-contre exemples et exceptions illustrant les différentes fonctions de plus. On trouvera également des exemples de plus dans les notes d'usage. Voir l'index

* * *
ply, plys
1. adv

1) (négation)

ne... plus — no longer, not... any more

Il ne travaille plus ici. — He's no longer working here., He doesn't work here any more.

Je ne veux plus le voir. — I don't want to see him any more., I no longer want to see him.

ne plus avoir de qch; Je n'ai plus d'argent. — I've got no more money., I've got no money left

Je n'ai plus de pain. — I've got no bread left., I've got no more bread.

2) (comparatif: devant un adjectif) more

un peu plus difficile — a bit more difficult

Il fait un peu plus froid qu'hier. — It's a bit colder than yesterday.

plus grand — bigger

Elle est plus grande que moi. — She's bigger than me.

plus intelligent — more intelligent

Il est plus intelligent que son frère. — He's more intelligent than his brother.

3) (comparaison: non suivi d'un adjectif)

plus que — more than

Il travaille plus. — He works more.

Il travaille plus que moi. — He works more than me.

4)

plus de; Il nous faut plus de pain. — We need more bread.

plus de 3 heures — more than 3 hours, over 3 hours

Il y avait plus de dix personnes. — There were more than 10 people.

plus de minuit — after midnight, past midnight

5)

de plus; Il a 3 ans de plus que moi. — He's 3 years older than me.

Le voyage a pris trois heures de plus que prévu. — The journey took 3 hours longer than planned.

Il nous faut un joueur de plus. — We need one more player.

6)

en plus; 3 kilos en plus — 3 kilos more

J'ai apporté quelques gâteaux en plus. — I brought a few more cakes.

en plus de; Deux personnes sont arrivées en plus de celles qui étaient déjà là. — Two more people came, in addition to those already there.

7)

plus... plus... — the more... the more...

Plus il gagne d'argent, plus il en veut. — The more money he earns, the more he wants.

8)

de plus en plus de — more and more

Il y a de plus en plus de touristes par ici. — There are more and more tourists round here.

de plus en plus (suivi d'un adjectif) Il fait de plus en plus chaud. — It's getting hotter and hotter.

9)

ni plus ni moins — no more, no less

10) (superlatif)

le plus; la plus; les plus — the most

le plus intelligent — the most intelligent

le plus grand — the biggest

C'est le plus grand de la famille. — He's the tallest in his family., (sans adjectif, modifiant un verbe)

C'est ce qu'elle aime le plus. — That's what she likes most.

11) (autres locutions)

de plus — what's more, moreover

en plus de cela... — what is more...

tout au plus — at the very most

plus ou moins — more or less

qui plus est — what is more

2. conj

Quatre plus deux égalent six. — 4 plus 2 is 6.

3. nm

(= avantage) plus

* * *

I.

plus ⇒ Note d'usage

A prép

1 ( dans une addition) 8 plus 3 égale 11 8 and 3 equals 11, 8 plus 3 equals 11; on nous a servi du fromage, un dessert plus du café we were served cheese, a dessert and coffee (as well);

2 ( pour exprimer une valeur) un jour il faisait moins 5°, le lendemain plus 10° one day it was minus 5°, the next plus 10°.

B adv de comparaison

1 ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) le plus the most; il mange/travaille plus (que moi) he eats/works more (than I do ou than me); tu devrais demander plus you should ask for more; je ne peux pas faire plus I can do no more, I can't do any more, I can't do more than that; elle en sait plus que lui sur le sujet she knows more about the subject than he does; c'est plus que je ne peux supporter it's more than I can bear; elle l'aime plus que tout she loves him/her more than anything; il est plus à plaindre qu'autre chose he's more to be pitied than anything else; c'est plus que bien it's more than just good; elle est plus que jolie she's more than just pretty; il a fait plus que l'embaucher, il l'a aussi formé he did more than just hire him, he also trained him; j'en ai plus qu'assez I've had more than enough; elle mange deux fois/trois fois plus que lui she eats twice/three times as much as he does; plus je gagne, plus je dépense the more I earn, the more I spend; plus j'y pense, moins je comprends the more I think about it, the less I understand; plus ça va as time goes on; qui plus est furthermore, what's more; c'est lui qui m'a le plus appris he's the one who taught me the most; quel pays aimes-tu le plus? which country do you like best?; de plus en plus more and more; il fume de plus en plus he smokes more and more;

2 ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; deux fois plus vieux/cher twice as old/expensive (que as); trois/quatre fois plus cher three/four times as expensive (que as); il n'est pas plus riche que moi he's no richer than I am ou than me, he isn't any richer than I am ou than me; c'est le même modèle en plus petit it's the same model, only smaller; il est on ne peut plus gentil/désagréable he's as nice/unpleasant as can be; il est plus ou moins fou he's more or less insane; il est plus ou moins artiste he's an artist of sorts; la cuisine était plus ou moins propre the kitchen wasn't particularly clean, the kitchen was clean after a fashion; il a été plus ou moins poli he wasn't particularly polite; ils étaient plus ou moins ivres they were a bit drunk; le plus heureux des hommes the happiest of men; la plus belle de toutes the most beautiful of all; mon vœu le plus cher my dearest wish; l'arbre le plus gros que j'aie jamais vu the biggest tree I've ever seen; son livre le plus court his shortest book; c'est ce qu'il y a de plus beau/important au monde it's the most beautiful/important thing in the world; un livre des plus intéressants a most interesting book; un individu des plus méprisables a most despicable individual; de plus en plus difficile more and more difficult; de plus en plus chaud hotter and hotter;

3 ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; trois heures plus tôt/tard three hours earlier/later; deux fois plus longtemps twice as long (que as); trois/quatre fois plus longtemps three/four times as long (que as); ils ne sont pas restés plus longtemps que nous they didn't stay any longer than we did ou than us; il l'a fait plus ou moins bien he didn't do it very well; de plus en plus loin further and further; plus tu te coucheras tard, plus tu auras de mal à te lever the later you go to bed, the harder it'll be for you to get up; plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be; c'est moi qui y vais le plus souvent I go there the most often; ça s'est passé le plus simplement/naturellement du monde it happened quite simply/naturally.

C adv de négation elle ne fume plus she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes, she's given up smoking; il n'habite plus ici he no longer lives here, he doesn't live here any more ou any longer; le grand homme n'est plus the great man is no more; elle ne veut plus le voir she doesn't want to see him any more ou any longer, she no longer wants to see him; il a décidé de ne plus y aller he decided to stop going there; je ne veux plus en entendre parler I don't want to hear any more about it; il n'y est plus (jamais) retourné he never went back there (again); plus jamais ça! never again!; nous ne faisons plus ce modèle we no longer do this model, we don't do this model any more ou any longer; il n'a plus vingt ans ( il n'est plus très jeune) he's not twenty any more, he's no longer twenty; nous n'avons plus d'espoir we've no more hope, we no longer have any hope, we've given up hoping; plus besoin de se presser○ there's no longer any need to hurry, there's no more need to hurry, there's no need to hurry any more; il n'y a plus de pain/d'œufs there is no more bread/there are no more eggs, there isn't any bread left/there aren't any eggs left; je ne veux plus de vin I don't want any more wine; il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left; plus rien ne m'intéresse nothing interests me any more; je ne voyais plus rien I could no longer see anything, I couldn't see a thing any more; il n'y a plus personne dans la pièce there's nobody left in the room, there's no longer anybody in the room; il n'y a plus aucun crayon there aren't any pencils left, there are no more pencils; il n'y a plus aucun problème there's no longer any problem; ce n'est plus du courage, c'est de la folie it's no longer bravery, it's foolhardiness; j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture○! I went into the garage, the car was gone○!; ce n'est plus qu'une question de jours it's only a matter of days now; il n'y a plus qu'une solution there's only one solution left; il ne restait plus que quelques bouteilles there were only a few bottles left, there was nothing left but a few bottles; il n'y a plus que lui qui puisse nous aider only he can help us now; plus que trois jours avant les vacances! only three days left ou to go until the vacation!; nous n'avons plus qu'à rentrer à la maison all we can do now is go home; il ne me reste plus qu'à vous remercier it only remains for me to thank you.

D plus de dét indéf

1 ( avec un nom dénombrable) trois/deux fois plus de livres/verres que three times/twice as many books/glasses as; c'est là que j'ai vu le plus de serpents that's where I saw the most snakes; c'est lui qui a le plus de livres he's got the most books; le joueur qui a le plus de chances de gagner the player who is most likely to win; les jeunes qui posent le plus de problèmes the young people who pose the most problems; c'est le candidat qui a remporté le plus de voix he's the candidate who won the most votes; plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have; il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place quite a few people would like to be in his/her position;

2 ( avec un nom non dénombrable) je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did; il n'a pas plus d'imagination que sa sœur he has no more imagination than his sister, he hasn't got any more imagination than his sister; trois/deux fois plus de vin/talent three times/twice as much wine/talent (que as); le joueur qui a gagné le plus d'argent the player who won the most money;

3 ( avec un numéral) elle ne possède pas plus de 50 disques she has no more than 50 records; une foule de plus de 10 000 personnes a crowd of more than ou over 10,000 people; il a plus de 40 ans he's over 40, he's more than 40 years old; les gens de plus de 60 ans people over 60; les plus de 60 ans the over-sixties; il était déjà bien plus de onze heures/midi it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock/midday.

E au plus loc adv at the most; tout au plus at the very most, at the outside.

F de plus loc adv

1 ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more;

2 ( en supplément) j'ai mangé deux pommes de plus qu'elle I ate two apples more than she did; donnez-moi deux pommes de plus give me two more apples; ça nous a pris deux heures de plus que la dernière fois it took us two hours longer than last time; j'ai besoin de deux heures de plus I need two more hours; il a trois ans de plus que sa sœur he's three years older than his sister; une fois de plus once more, once again; l'augmentation représente 9% de plus que l'année précédente the rise is 9% more than last year.

G en plus loc en plus (de cela) on top of that; il est arrivé en retard et en plus (de cela) il a commencé à se plaindre he arrived late and what' s more ou on top of that he started complaining; c 'est le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus it's the same model, only with a sunroof; c'est tout le portrait de son père, la moustache en plus he's the image of his father, only with a moustache GB ou mustache US; il a reçu 100 euros en plus de son salaire habituel he got 100 euros on top of his usual salary; en plus de son métier d'ingénieur il élève des tatous besides his job as an engineer, he breeds armadillos; les taxes en plus plus tax, tax not included; il s'est passé quelque chose en plus something else happened as well. A note on pronunciation: plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used. plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi].

II.

plus nm

1 Math plus; le signe plus the plus sign;

2 ○( avantage) plus○; son expérience d'enseignant constitue un plus pour lui his teaching experience is a point in his favour^GB ou is a plus○.

[ply(s)] adverbe

A.[COMPARATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]

1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]

viens plus souvent (do) come more often

plus tôt earlier

plus tard later

c'est plus loin it's further ou farther

tu es plus patient que moi you're more patient than I am ou than me

c'est plus fatigant qu'on ne le croit it's more tiring than it seems

c'est plus rouge qu'orange it's red rather than ou it's more red than orange

elle est plus réservée que timide she's reserved rather than shy

c'est plus que gênant it's embarrassing, to say the least

on a obtenu des résultats plus qu'encourageants our results were more than encouraging

elle a eu le prix mais elle n'en est pas plus fière pour ça she got the award, but it didn't make her any prouder for all that

je veux la même, en plus large I want the same, only bigger

bien plus gros much fatter

encore plus beau more handsome still, even more handsome

cinq fois plus cher five times dearer ou as dear ou more expensive

il l'a fait deux fois plus vite (qu'elle) he did it twice as quickly (as she did)

2. [avec un verbe] more

j'apprécie plus son frère I like his brother more ou better

je m'intéresse à la question plus que tu ne penses I'm more interested in the question than you think

je ne peux vous en dire plus I can't tell you any more

3. (avec un nom)

cela représente plus qu'une simple victoire it means more than just a victory

B.[SUPERLATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]

1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]

le plus loin the furthest ou farthest

la montagne la plus haute the highest mountain

j'ai répondu le plus gentiment que j'ai pu I answered as kindly as I could

j'y vais le plus rarement possible I go there as seldom as possible

le plus souvent most of the time

tu es le plus gentil de tous you're the kindest of all

un de ses tableaux les plus connus one of her best-known paintings

le plus gros des deux the bigger of the two

le plus gros des trois the biggest of the three

c'est ce qu'il y a de plus original dans sa collection d'été it's the most original feature of his summer collection

choisis les fruits les plus mûrs possible select the ripest possible fruit

faites au plus vite do it as quickly as possible

aller au plus pressé ou urgent to deal with the most urgent priority first

2. [précédé d'un verbe] most

c'est moi qui travaille le plus I'm the one who works most ou the hardest

faites-en le plus possible do as much as you can

C.[ADVERBE DE NÉGATION]

1. [avec 'ne']

je n'y retournerai plus I won't go back there any more

je ne les vois plus I don't see them any more

2. [tour elliptique]

plus de no more

plus de glace pour moi, merci no more ice cream for me, thanks

plus de tergiversations! let's not shilly-shally any longer!

plus un mot! not another word!

————————

[ply(s)] adjectif

B plus ÉDUCATION B plus

H plus CHIMIE H plus

————————

[ply(s)] conjonction

1. MATHÉMATIQUES plus

3 plus 3 égale 6 3 plus 3 is ou makes 6

il fait plus 5º it's 5º above freezing, it's plus 5º

2. [en sus de] plus

le transport, plus le logement, plus la nourriture, ça revient cher travel, plus ou and accommodation, plus ou then food, (all) work out quite expensive

plus le fait que... plus ou together with the fact that...

————————

[ply(s)] nom masculin

1. MATHÉMATIQUES plus (sign)

2. [avantage, atout] plus, bonus, asset

la connaissance de l'anglais est toujours un plus knowledge of English is always a plus

au plus locution adverbiale

[au maximum] at the most ou outside

ça coûtera au plus 30 euros it'll cost a maximum of 30 euros ou 30 euros at most

il y a 15 km au plus it's 15 km at the outside

de plus locution adverbiale

1. [en supplément] extra, another, more

mets deux couverts de plus lay two extra ou more places

raison de plus pour y aller all the more reason for going

je ne veux rien de plus I don't want anything more

il est content, que te faut-il de plus? he's happy, what more do you want?

un mot/une minute de plus et je m'en allais another word/minute and I would have left

10 euros de plus ou de moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?

2. [en trop] too many

en recomptant, je trouve trente points de plus on adding it up again, I get thirty points too many

3. [en outre] furthermore, what's more, moreover

de plus, il m'a menti what's more, he lied to me

de plus en plus locution adverbiale

1. [suivi d'un adjectif] more and more, increasingly

[suivi d'un adverbe] more and more

de plus en plus souvent more and more often

de plus en plus dangereux more and more ou increasingly dangerous

ça devient de plus en plus facile/compliqué it's getting easier and easier/more and more complicated

le ciel devenait de plus en plus sombre the sky was growing darker and darker

2. [précédé d'un verbe]

les prix augmentent de plus en plus prices are increasing all the time

de plus en plus de locution déterminante

[suivi d'un nom comptable] more and more, a growing number of

[suivi d'un nom non comptable] more and more

de plus en plus de gens more and more people, an increasing number of people

il y a de plus en plus de demande pour ce produit demand for this product is increasing, there is more and more demand for this product

elle a de plus en plus de fièvre her temperature is rising

des plus locution adverbiale

most

son attitude est des plus compréhensibles her attitude is most ou quite understandable

en plus locution adverbiale

1. [en supplément] extra (avant nom)

c'est le même appartement avec un balcon en plus it's the same flat with a balcony as well

les boissons sont en plus drinks are extra, you pay extra for the drinks

ça fait 45 minutes de transport en plus it adds 45 minutes to the journey

10 euros en plus ou en moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?

[en trop] spare

tu n'as pas des tickets en plus? do you have any spare tickets?

j'ai une carte en plus

a. [à la fin du jeu] I've got one card left over

b. [en distribuant] I've got one card too many

[en cadeau] as well, on top of that

et vous emportez une bouteille de champagne en plus! and you get a bottle of Champagne as well ou on top of that ou into the bargain!

2. [en outre] further, furthermore, what's more

elle a une excellente technique et en plus, elle a de la force her technique's first-class and she's got strength too

mais c'est qu'elle est méchante en plus! (familier) and she's nasty to cap it all ou to boot!

et elle m'avait menti, en plus! not only that but she'd lied to me (as well)!

3. [d'ailleurs] besides, what's more, moreover

je ne tiens pas à le faire et, en plus, je n'ai pas le temps I'm not too keen on doing it, and besides ou what's more, I've no time

en plus de locution prépositionnelle

[en supplément de] besides, on top of, in addition to

en plus du squash, elle fait du tennis besides (playing) squash, she plays tennis

et plus locution adverbiale

over

45 kilos et plus over 45 kilos, 45 odd kilos

les gens de 30 ans et plus people aged 30 and over

ni plus ni moins locution adverbiale

no more no less, that's all

je te donne une livre, ni plus ni moins I'll give you one pound, no more no less

tu t'es trompé, ni plus ni moins you were mistaken, that's all

non plus locution adverbiale

moi non plus je n'irai pas I won't go either

je ne sais pas — moi non plus! I don't know — neither do I ou nor do I ou me neither!

on ne peut plus locution adverbiale

je suis on ne peut plus désolé de vous voir partir I'm ever so sorry you're leaving

c'est on ne peut plus compliqué it couldn't be more complicated

plus de locution déterminante

1. [comparatif, suivi d'un nom] more

nous voulons plus d'autonomie! we want more autonomy!

je n'ai pas plus de courage qu'elle I'm no braver than she is ou her

[suivi d'un nombre] more than, over

il y a plus de 15 ans de cela it's more than 15 years ago now

elle a bien plus de 40 ans she's well over 40

elle roulait à plus de 150 km/h she was driving at more than 150 km/h ou doing over 150 km/h

il y en a plus d'un qui s'est plaint more than one person complained

il est plus de 5 h it's past 5 o'clock ou after 5

2. [superlatif, suivi d'un nom]

le plus de (the) most

c'est ce qui m'a fait le plus de peine that's what hurt me (the) most

c'est notre équipe qui a le plus de points our team has (the) most points

celui qui a le plus de chances de réussir the one (who's the) most likely to succeed

le plus possible de: le plus possible de cerises as many cherries as possible

le plus d'argent possible as much money as possible

(comme nom)

les plus de 20 ans people over 20, the over-20s

plus... moins locution correlative

the more... the less

plus il vieillit, moins il a envie de sortir the older he gets, the less he feels like going out

plus ça va, moins je la comprends I understand her less and less (as time goes on)

plus... plus locution correlative

the more... the more

plus je réfléchis, plus je me dis que... the more I think (about it), the more I'm convinced that...

plus ça va, plus il est agressif he's getting more and more aggressive (all the time)

plus ça va, plus je me demande si... the longer it goes on, the more I wonder if...

plus ou moins locution adverbiale

more or less

c'est plus ou moins cher, selon les endroits prices vary according to where you are

je ne l'ai que plus ou moins cru I only half believed him

qui plus est locution adverbiale

what's ou what is more

sans plus locution adverbiale

nothing more

c'était bien, sans plus it was nice, but nothing more

tout au plus locution adverbiale

at the most

c'est une mauvaise grippe, tout au plus it's a bad case of flu, at the most

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > plus

4 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

5 Empire, Portuguese overseas

(1415-1975)

   Portugal was the first Western European state to establish an early modern overseas empire beyond the Mediterranean and perhaps the last colonial power to decolonize. A vast subject of complexity that is full of myth as well as debatable theories, the history of the Portuguese overseas empire involves the story of more than one empire, the question of imperial motives, the nature of Portuguese rule, and the results and consequences of empire, including the impact on subject peoples as well as on the mother country and its society, Here, only the briefest account of a few such issues can be attempted.

   There were various empires or phases of empire after the capture of the Moroccan city of Ceuta in 1415. There were at least three Portuguese empires in history: the First empire (1415-1580), the Second empire (1580-1640 and 1640-1822), and the Third empire (1822-1975).

   With regard to the second empire, the so-called Phillipine period (1580-1640), when Portugal's empire was under Spanish domination, could almost be counted as a separate era. During that period, Portugal lost important parts of its Asian holdings to England and also sections of its colonies of Brazil, Angola, and West Africa to Holland's conquests. These various empires could be characterized by the geography of where Lisbon invested its greatest efforts and resources to develop territories and ward off enemies.

   The first empire (1415-1580) had two phases. First came the African coastal phase (1415-97), when the Portuguese sought a foothold in various Moroccan cities but then explored the African coast from Morocco to past the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa. While colonization and sugar farming were pursued in the Atlantic islands, as well as in the islands in the Gulf of Guinea like São Tomé and Príncipe, for the most part the Portuguese strategy was to avoid commitments to defending or peopling lands on the African continent. Rather, Lisbon sought a seaborne trade empire, in which the Portuguese could profit from exploiting trade and resources (such as gold) along the coasts and continue exploring southward to seek a sea route to Portuguese India. The second phase of the first empire (1498-1580) began with the discovery of the sea route to Asia, thanks to Vasco da Gama's first voyage in 1497-99, and the capture of strong points, ports, and trading posts in order to enforce a trade monopoly between Asia and Europe. This Asian phase produced the greatest revenues of empire Portugal had garnered, yet ended when Spain conquered Portugal and commanded her empire as of 1580.

   Portugal's second overseas empire began with Spanish domination and ran to 1822, when Brazil won her independence from Portugal. This phase was characterized largely by Brazilian dominance of imperial commitment, wealth in minerals and other raw materials from Brazil, and the loss of a significant portion of her African and Asian coastal empire to Holland and Great Britain. A sketch of Portugal's imperial losses either to native rebellions or to imperial rivals like Britain and Holland follows:

   • Morocco (North Africa) (sample only)

   Arzila—Taken in 1471; evacuated in 1550s; lost to Spain in 1580, which returned city to a sultan.

   Ceuta—Taken in 1415; lost to Spain in 1640 (loss confirmed in 1668 treaty with Spain).

   • Tangiers—Taken in 15th century; handed over to England in 1661 as part of Catherine of Braganza's dowry to King Charles II.

   • West Africa

   • Fort/Castle of São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (in what is now Ghana)—Taken in 1480s; lost to Holland in 1630s.

   • Middle East

   Socotra-isle—Conquered in 1507; fort abandoned in 1511; used as water resupply stop for India fleet.

   Muscat—Conquered in 1501; lost to Persians in 1650.

   Ormuz—Taken, 1505-15 under Albuquerque; lost to England, which gave it to Persia in the 17th century.

   Aden (entry to Red Sea) — Unsuccessfully attacked by Portugal (1513-30); taken by Turks in 1538.

   • India

   • Ceylon (Sri Lanka)—Taken by 1516; lost to Dutch after 1600.

   • Bombay—Taken in 16th century; given to England in 1661 treaty as part of Catherine of Braganza's dowry for Charles II.

   • East Indies

   • Moluccas—Taken by 1520; possession confirmed in 1529 Saragossa treaty with Spain; lost to Dutch after 1600; only East Timor remaining.

   After the restoration of Portuguese independence from Spain in 1640, Portugal proceeded to revive and strengthen the Anglo- Portuguese Alliance, with international aid to fight off further Spanish threats to Portugal and drive the Dutch invaders out of Brazil and Angola. While Portugal lost its foothold in West Africa at Mina to the Dutch, dominion in Angola was consolidated. The most vital part of the imperial economy was a triangular trade: slaves from West Africa and from the coasts of Congo and Angola were shipped to plantations in Brazil; raw materials (sugar, tobacco, gold, diamonds, dyes) were sent to Lisbon; Lisbon shipped Brazil colonists and hardware. Part of Portugal's War of Restoration against Spain (1640-68) and its reclaiming of Brazil and Angola from Dutch intrusions was financed by the New Christians (Jews converted to Christianity after the 1496 Manueline order of expulsion of Jews) who lived in Portugal, Holland and other low countries, France, and Brazil. If the first empire was mainly an African coastal and Asian empire, the second empire was primarily a Brazilian empire.

   Portugal's third overseas empire began upon the traumatic independence of Brazil, the keystone of the Lusitanian enterprise, in 1822. The loss of Brazil greatly weakened Portugal both as a European power and as an imperial state, for the scattered remainder of largely coastal, poor, and uncolonized territories that stretched from the bulge of West Africa to East Timor in the East Indies and Macau in south China were more of a financial liability than an asset. Only two small territories balanced their budgets occasionally or made profits: the cocoa islands of São Tomé and Príncipe in the Gulf of Guinea and tiny Macau, which lost much of its advantage as an entrepot between the West and the East when the British annexed neighboring Hong Kong in 1842. The others were largely burdens on the treasury. The African colonies were strapped by a chronic economic problem: at a time when the slave trade and then slavery were being abolished under pressures from Britain and other Western powers, the economies of Guinea- Bissau, São Tomé/Príncipe, Angola, and Mozambique were totally dependent on revenues from the slave trade and slavery. During the course of the 19th century, Lisbon began a program to reform colonial administration in a newly rejuvenated African empire, where most of the imperial efforts were expended, by means of replacing the slave trade and slavery, with legitimate economic activities.

   Portugal participated in its own early version of the "Scramble" for Africa's interior during 1850-69, but discovered that the costs of imperial expansion were too high to allow effective occupation of the hinterlands. After 1875, Portugal participated in the international "Scramble for Africa" and consolidated its holdings in west and southern Africa, despite the failure of the contra-costa (to the opposite coast) plan, which sought to link up the interiors of Angola and Mozambique with a corridor in central Africa. Portugal's expansion into what is now Malawi, Zambia, and Zimbabwe (eastern section) in 1885-90 was thwarted by its oldest ally, Britain, under pressure from interest groups in South Africa, Scotland, and England. All things considered, Portugal's colonizing resources and energies were overwhelmed by the African empire it possessed after the frontier-marking treaties of 1891-1906. Lisbon could barely administer the massive area of five African colonies, whose total area comprised about 8 percent of the area of the colossal continent. The African territories alone were many times the size of tiny Portugal and, as of 1914, Portugal was the third colonial power in terms of size of area possessed in the world.

   The politics of Portugal's empire were deceptive. Lisbon remained obsessed with the fear that rival colonial powers, especially Germany and Britain, would undermine and then dismantle her African empire. This fear endured well into World War II. In developing and keeping her potentially rich African territories (especially mineral-rich Angola and strategically located Mozambique), however, the race against time was with herself and her subject peoples. Two major problems, both chronic, prevented Portugal from effective colonization (i.e., settling) and development of her African empire: the economic weakness and underdevelopment of the mother country and the fact that the bulk of Portuguese emigration after 1822 went to Brazil, Venezuela, the United States, and France, not to the colonies. These factors made it difficult to consolidate imperial control until it was too late; that is, until local African nationalist movements had organized and taken the field in insurgency wars that began in three of the colonies during the years 1961-64.

   Portugal's belated effort to revitalize control and to develop, in the truest sense of the word, Angola and Mozambique after 1961 had to be set against contemporary events in Europe, Africa, and Asia. While Portugal held on to a backward empire, other European countries like Britain, France, and Belgium were rapidly decolonizing their empires. Portugal's failure or unwillingness to divert the large streams of emigrants to her empire after 1850 remained a constant factor in this question. Prophetic were the words of the 19th-century economist Joaquim Oliveira Martins, who wrote in 1880 that Brazil was a better colony for Portugal than Africa and that the best colony of all would have been Portugal itself. As of the day of the Revolution of 25 April 1974, which sparked the final process of decolonization of the remainder of Portugal's third overseas empire, the results of the colonization program could be seen to be modest compared to the numbers of Portuguese emigrants outside the empire. Moreover, within a year, of some 600,000 Portuguese residing permanently in Angola and Mozambique, all but a few thousand had fled to South Africa or returned to Portugal.

   In 1974 and 1975, most of the Portuguese empire was decolonized or, in the case of East Timor, invaded and annexed by a foreign power before it could consolidate its independence. Only historic Macau, scheduled for transfer to the People's Republic of China in 1999, remained nominally under Portuguese control as a kind of footnote to imperial history. If Portugal now lacked a conventional overseas empire and was occupied with the challenges of integration in the European Union (EU), Lisbon retained another sort of informal dependency that was a new kind of empire: the empire of her scattered overseas Portuguese communities from North America to South America. Their numbers were at least six times greater than that of the last settlers of the third empire.

    See also Luso-Tropicalism; Rose-colored map; Ultimatum, English.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Empire, Portuguese overseas

6 compter

compter [kɔ̃te]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. intransitive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 1

1. <

   a. ( = calculer) to count

• combien en avez-vous compté ? how many did you count?

• 40 cm ? j'avais compté 30 40cm? I made it 30

• on peut compter sur les doigts de la main ceux qui comprennent vraiment you can count on the fingers of one hand the people who really understand

• compter les points (figurative) to sit back and watch

• ses jours sont comptés he hasn't long to live

   b. ( = prévoir) to reckon

• j'ai compté qu'il nous en fallait 10 I reckoned we'd need 10

• je compte 150 grammes de pâtes par personne I allow 150 grammes of pasta per person

• il faut bien compter 10 jours you must allow at least 10 days

   c. ( = inclure) to include

• cela fait un mètre en comptant l'ourlet that makes one metre including the hem

• nous étions dix, sans compter le professeur there were ten of us, not counting the teacher

• la ville compte quelques très belles églises the town has some very beautiful churches

   d. ( = facturer) to charge for

• compter qch à qn to charge sb for sth

• ils n'ont pas compté le café they didn't charge for the coffee

   e. ( = prendre en considération) to take into account

• ta bonne volonté te sera comptée your helpfulness will be taken into account

• il aurait dû venir, sans compter qu'il n'avait rien à faire he ought to have come, especially as he had nothing to do

   f. ( = classer) to consider

• on compte ce livre parmi les meilleurs de l'année this book is considered among the best of the year

   g. ( = avoir l'intention de) to intend to ; ( = s'attendre à) to expect to

• ils comptent partir demain they intend to leave tomorrow

• j'y compte bien ! I should hope so!

2. <

   a. ( = calculer) to count

• il sait compter jusqu'à 10 he can count up to 10

• compter de tête to count in one's head

• tu as mal compté you counted wrong

   b. ( = être économe) to economize

• dépenser sans compter ( = être dépensier) to spend extravagantly ; ( = donner généreusement) to give without counting the cost

   c. ( = avoir de l'importance) to count

• c'est le résultat qui compte it's the result that counts

• sa mère compte beaucoup pour lui his mother is very important to him

   d. ( = valoir) to count

• compter double to count double

   e. ( = figurer) compter parmi to rank among

• compter au nombre de to be one of

• ça a compté pour beaucoup dans sa décision that was an important factor in his decision

   f. (locutions)

► à compter de as from

• cette loi prendra effet à compter du 30 septembre this law will take effect as from 30 September► compter avec ( = tenir compte de) to take account of

• il faut compter avec l'opinion you've got to take account of public opinion

• un nouveau parti avec lequel il faut compter a new party that has to be taken into account► compter sans

• on avait compté sans la grève we hadn't reckoned on there being a strike► compter sur

• compter sur ses doigts to count on one's fingers

• nous comptons sur vous pour demain we're expecting you tomorrow

• ne comptez pas sur moi (pour agir) don't count on me ; (pour participer) you can count me out

• ne comptez pas trop là-dessus don't count on it

* * *
kɔ̃te
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( dénombrer) to count

on compte deux millions de chômeurs — there is a total of two million unemployed

on ne compte plus ses victoires — he/she has had countless victories

je ne compte plus les lettres anonymes que je reçois — I've lost count of the anonymous letters I have received

il a toujours compté ses sous — he has always watched the pennies

sans compter — [donner, dépenser] freely

2) ( évaluer)

compter une bouteille pour trois — to allow a bottle between three people

il faut compter environ 100 euros — you should reckon on GB ou count on paying about 100 euros

je préfère compter large — I prefer to be on the safe side

3) ( faire payer)

compter quelque chose à quelqu'un — to charge somebody for something

il m'a compté 30 euros de déplacement — he charged a 30 euro call-out fee

4) ( inclure) to count

je vous ai compté dans le nombre des participants — I've counted you as one of ou among the participants

sans compter les primes — not counting bonuses

sans compter les soucis — not to mention the worry

notre club compte des gens célèbres — our club has some well-known people among its members

5) ( projeter)

compter faire — to intend to do

je compte m'acheter un ordinateur — I'm hoping to buy myself a computer

6) ( s'attendre à)

il comptait que je lui prête de l'argent — he expected me to lend him some money

‘je vais t'aider’ - ‘j'y compte bien’ — ‘I'll help you’ - ‘I should hope so too’

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( dire les nombres) to count

il ne sait pas compter — he can't count

2) ( calculer) to count, to add up

il sait très bien compter, il compte très bien — he's very good at counting

3) ( avoir de l'importance) to matter ( pour quelqu'un to somebody)

ce qui compte c'est qu'ils se sont réconciliés — what matters is that they have made it up

c'est l'intention or le geste qui compte — it's the thought that counts

ça compte beaucoup pour moi — it means a lot to me

le salaire compte beaucoup dans le choix d'une carrière — pay is an important factor in the choice of a career

4) ( avoir une valeur) to count

compter double/triple — to count double/triple

5) ( figurer)

compter au nombre de, compter parmi — to be counted among

6)

compter avec — ( faire face) to reckon with [difficultés, concurrence]; ( ne pas oublier) to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]

il doit compter avec les syndicats — he has to reckon with the unions

il faut compter avec l'opinion publique — one must take public opinion into account

7)

compter sans — ( négliger) not to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]

c'était compter sans le brouillard — that was without allowing for the fog

8)

compter sur — ( attendre) to count on [personne, aide]; (dépendre, faire confiance) to rely on [personne, ressource]; ( prévoir) to reckon on [somme, revenu]

vous pouvez compter sur moi, je vais m'en occuper — you can rely ou count on me, I'll see to it

ne compte pas sur moi — (pour venir, participer) count me out

je vais leur dire ce que j'en pense, tu peux compter là- dessus (colloq) or sur moi! — I'll tell them what I think, you can be sure of that!

quand il s'agit de faire des bêtises, on peut compter sur toi! — (colloq) hum trust you to do something silly!

3.

se compter verbe pronominal

leurs victoires se comptent par douzaines — they have had dozens of victories

les faillites dans la région ne se comptent plus — there have been countless bankruptcies in the area

4.

à compter de locution prépositive as from

pendant 12 mois à compter de la date de vente — for 12 months with effect from the date of sale

5.

sans compter que locution conjonctive ( en outre) and what is more; ( d'autant plus que) especially as

* * *
kɔ̃te
1. vt

1) (établir le nombre de) to count

2) (= inclure, dans une liste) to include

sans compter qn — not counting sb

sans compter qch — not counting sth, not including sth

On sera dix-huit, sans compter les enfants. — There'll be eighteen of us, not counting the children.

sans compter que — besides which

3) (= facturer) to charge for

Il n'a pas compté le deuxième café. — He didn't charge us for the second coffee.

4) (= avoir à son actif, comporter) to have

L'institut compte trois prix Nobel. — The institute has three Nobel prizewinners.

5) (prévoir: une certaine quantité, un certain temps) to allow, to reckon on

Il faut compter environ deux heures. — You have to allow about two hours., You have to reckon on about two hours.

6) (= avoir l'intention de)

compter faire qch — to intend to do sth

Je compte bien réussir. — I fully intend to succeed.

Je compte partir début mai. — I intend to leave at the beginning of May.

2. vi

1) (calculer) to count

Il savait compter à l'âge de trois ans. — He could count when he was three years old.

à compter du 10 janvier COMMERCE — from 10 January, as from 10 January

2) (= être non négligeable) to count, to matter

L'honnêteté, ça compte quand même. — Honesty counts after all.

3) (qu'on peut prendre en compte) to count

Ça ne compte pas - il s'est fait aider. — That doesn't count - he had help.

compter pour — to count for

4) (= figurer)

compter parmi — to be among, to rank among

5) (inclure dans ses prévisions)

compter avec qch/qn — to reckon with sth/sb

compter sans qch/qn — to reckon without sth/sb

6)

compter sur [personne] — to count on, to rely on, [aide] to count on

7) (= être économe) to watch every penny, to count the pennies

Pendant longtemps, il a fallu compter. — For a long time we had to watch every penny.

* * *

compter verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 ( dénombrer) to count; compter les jours to count the days; ‘j'ai compté cinq coups à l'horloge’-‘j'en ai compté six’ ‘I counted five strokes of the clock’-‘I counted six’; ‘combien y a-t-il de bouteilles?’-‘j'en compte 24’ ‘how many bottles are there?’-‘I make it 24’; on compte deux millions de chômeurs/3 000 cas de malaria there is a total of two million unemployed/3,000 cases of malaria; une heure après le début de l'attaque on comptait déjà 40 morts an hour after the attack started 40 deaths had already been recorded; on ne compte plus ses victoires he/she has had countless victories; je ne compte plus les lettres anonymes que je reçois I've lost count of the anonymous letters I have received; j'ai compté qu'il y avait 52 fenêtres/500 euros I counted a total of 52 windows/500 euros; as-tu compté combien il reste d'œufs? have you counted how many eggs are left?;

2 ( évaluer) compter une bouteille pour trois to allow a bottle between three people; pour aller à Caen il faut compter cinq heures you must allow five hours to get to Caen; il faut compter environ 100 euros you should reckon on GB ou count on paying about 100 euros; compter large/très large/trop large to allow plenty/more than enough/far too much; j'ai pris une tarte pour huit, je préfère compter large I got a tart for eight, I prefer to be on the safe side;

3 ( faire payer) compter qch à qn to charge sb for sth; il m'a compté la livre à 1,71 euro he charged me 1.71 euros to the pound; il m'a compté 50 euros de déplacement he charged a 50 euro call-out fee;

4 ( inclure) to count; je vous ai compté dans le nombre des participants I've counted you as one of ou among the participants; nous t'avons déjà compté pour le repas de la semaine prochaine we've already counted you (in) for the meal next week; as-tu compté la TVA? have you counted the VAT?; 2 000 euros par mois sans compter les primes 2,000 euros a month not counting bonuses; sans compter les soucis not to mention the worry; j'ai oublié de compter le col et la ceinture quand j'ai acheté le tissu I forgot to allow for the collar and the waistband when I bought the fabric; je le comptais au nombre de mes amis I counted him among my friends ou as a friend; s'il fallait compter le temps que j'y passe if I had to work out how much time I'm spending on it;

5 ( avoir) to have [habitants, chômeurs, alliés]; to have [sth] to one's credit [victoire, succès]; notre club compte des gens célèbres our club has some well-known people among its members; un sportif qui compte de nombreuses victoires à son actif a sportsman who has many victories to his credit; il compte 15 ans de présence dans l'entreprise he has been with the company for 15 years;

6 ( projeter) compter faire to intend to do; ‘comptez-vous y aller?’-‘j'y compte bien’ ‘do you intend to go?’-‘yes, I certainly do’; je compte m'acheter un ordinateur I'm hoping to buy myself a computer;

7 ( s'attendre à) il comptait que je lui prête de l'argent he expected me to lend him some money; ‘je vais t'aider’-‘j'y compte bien’ ‘I'll help you’-‘I should hope so too’;

8 ( donner avec parcimonie) il a toujours compté ses sous he has always watched the pennies; compter jusqu'au moindre centime to count every penny; sans compter [donner, dépenser] freely; se dépenser sans compter pour (la réussite de) qch to put everything one's got into sth.

B vi

1 ( dire les nombres) to count; compter jusqu'à 20 to count up to 20; il ne sait pas compter he can't count; il a trois ans mais il compte déjà bien he's three but he's already good at counting; compter sur ses doigts to count on one's fingers;

2 ( calculer) to count, to add up; il sait très bien compter, il compte très bien he's very good at counting; cela fait 59 non pas 62, tu ne sais pas compter! that makes 59 not 62, you can't count!; compter sur ses doigts to work sums out on one's fingers;

3 ( avoir de l'importance) [avis, diplôme, apparence] to matter (pour qn to sb); ce qui compte c'est qu'ils se sont réconciliés what matters is that they have made it up; c'est l'intention or le geste qui compte it's the thought that counts; 40 ans dans la même entreprise ça compte/ça commence à compter 40 years in the same company, that's quite something/it's beginning to add up; ça compte beaucoup pour moi it means a lot to me; je ne compte pas plus pour elle que son chien I mean no more to her than her dog; compter dans to be a factor in [réussite, échec]; le salaire compte beaucoup dans le choix d'une carrière pay is an important factor in the choice of a career; cela a beaucoup compté dans leur faillite it was a major factor in their bankruptcy; ça fait longtemps que je ne compte plus dans ta vie it's been a long time since I have meant anything to you; il connaît tout ce qui compte dans le milieu du cinéma he knows everybody who is anybody in film circles;

4 ( avoir une valeur) [épreuve, faute] to count; compter double/triple to count double/triple; compter double/triple par rapport à to count for twice/three times as much as; ça ne compte pas, il a triché it doesn't count, he cheated; le dernier exercice ne compte pas dans le calcul de la note the last exercise isn't counted in the calculation of the grade; la lettre ‘y’ compte pour combien? how much is the letter ‘y’ worth?; la lettre ‘z’ compte pour combien de points? how many points is the letter ‘z’ worth?; une faute de grammaire compte pour quatre points four marks are deducted for a grammatical error;

5 ( figurer) compter au nombre de, compter parmi to be counted among;

6 compter avec ( faire face) to reckon with [difficultés, concurrence, belle-mère]; ( ne pas oublier) to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]; ( prévoir) to allow for [retard, supplément]; il doit compter avec les syndicats he has to reckon with the unions; il faut compter avec l'opinion publique one must take public opinion into account; il faut compter avec le brouillard dans cette région you should allow for fog in that area;

7 compter sans ( négliger) to reckon without [risque, gêne]; ( oublier) not to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]; c'était compter sans le brouillard that was without allowing for the fog; j'avais compté sans la TVA I hadn't taken the VAT into account;

8 compter sur ( attendre) to count on [personne, aide]; (dépendre, faire confiance) to rely on [personne, ressource]; ( prévoir) to reckon on [somme, revenu]; vous pouvez compter sur moi, je viendrai you can count on me, I'll be there; tu peux compter sur ma présence you can count on me ou on my being there; vous pouvez compter sur moi, je vais m'en occuper you can rely ou count on me, I'll see to it; ne compte pas sur moi (pour venir, participer) count me out; ne compte pas sur moi pour payer tes dettes/faire la cuisine don't rely on me to pay your debts/do the cooking; ne compte pas sur eux pour le faire don't count on them to do it; le pays peut compter sur des stocks de vivres en provenance de… the country can count on stocks of food supplies coming from…; le pays peut compter sur ses réserves de blé the country can rely on its stock of wheat; je ne peux compter que sur moi-même I can only rely on myself; je leur ferai la commission, compte sur moi I'll give them the message, you can count on me; je vais leur dire ce que j'en pense, tu peux compter là-dessus○ or sur moi! I'll tell them what I think, you can be sure of that!; quand il s'agit de faire des bêtises, on peut compter sur toi○! iron trust you to do something silly!; compter sur la discrétion de qn to rely on sb's discretion; je compte dessus I'm counting ou relying on it.

C se compter vpr leurs victoires se comptent par douzaines they have had dozens of victories; les défections se comptent par milliers there have been thousands of defections; leurs chansons à succès ne se comptent plus they've had countless hits; les faillites dans la région ne se comptent plus there have been countless bankruptcies in the area.

D à compter de loc prép as from; réparations gratuites pendant 12 mois à compter de la date de vente free repairs for 12 months with effect from the date of sale.

E sans compter que loc conj ( en outre) and what is more; ( d'autant plus que) especially as; c'est dangereux sans compter que ça pollue it's dangerous and what's more it causes pollution.

Idiome

compte là-dessus et bois de l'eau fraîche○ that'll be the day.

[kɔ̃te] verbe transitif

1. [dénombrer - objets, argent, personnes] to count

on ne compte plus ses bévues we've lost count of his mistakes

on ne compte plus ses crimes she has committed countless ou innumerable crimes

j'ai compté qu'il restait 200 euros dans la caisse according to my reckoning there are 200 euros left in the till

compter les heures/jours [d'impatience] to be counting the hours/days

il m'a compté absent/présent (familier) he marked me (down as) absent/present

compter les points (sens propre & figuré) to keep score

on peut les compter sur les doigts de la main you can count them of the fingers of one hand

on peut lui compter les côtes he's as thin as a rake

2. [limiter] to count (out)

le temps lui est compté

a. [il va mourir] his days are numbered

b. [pour accomplir quelque chose] he's running out of time

ses jours sont comptés his days are numbered

il ne comptait pas sa peine/ses efforts he spared no pains/effort

tu es toujours à compter tes sous! you're always counting your pennies!

3. [faire payer] to charge for

nous ne vous compterons pas la pièce détachée we won't charge you ou there'll be no charge for the spare part

le serveur nous a compté deux euros de trop the waiter has overcharged us by two euros, the waiter has charged us 15 francs too much

4. [payer, verser] to pay

il m'a compté deux jours à 90 euros he paid me (for) two days at 90 euros

5. [inclure] to count (in), to include

dans le total nous n'avons pas compté le vin wine has not been included in the overall figure

6. [classer - dans une catégorie]

compter quelque chose/quelqu'un parmi to count something/somebody among, to number something/somebody among

7. [prendre en considération] to take into account, to take account of

et je ne compte pas la fatigue! and that's without mentioning the effort!

compter quelqu'un/quelque chose pour: nous devons compter sa contribution pour quelque chose we must take some account of her contribution

8. [avoir - membres, habitants] to have

nous sommes heureux de vous compter parmi nous ce soir we're happy to have ou to welcome you among us tonight

il compte beaucoup d'artistes au nombre de ou parmi ses amis he numbers many artists among his friends

elle compte déjà cinq victoires dans des grands tournois she's already won five big tournaments

9. [s'attendre à] to expect

je compte recevoir les résultats cette semaine I'm expecting the results this week

10. [avoir l'intention de] to intend

compter faire quelque chose to intend to do something, to mean to do something, to plan to do something

11. [prévoir] to allow

il faut compter entre 14 et 20 euros pour un repas you have to allow between 14 and 20 euros for a meal

je compte qu'il y a un bon quart d'heure de marche/une journée de travail I reckon there's a good quarter of an hour's walk/there's a day's work

(en usage absolu)

compter juste to skimp

compter large to be generous

il faudra deux heures pour y aller, en comptant large it will take two hours to get there, at the most

12. SPORT [boxeur] to count out (separable)

————————

[kɔ̃te] verbe intransitif

1. [calculer] to count, to add up

compter jusqu'à 10 to count (up) to 10

compter sur ses doigts to count on one's fingers

compter avec une calculette to add up with a calculator

si je compte bien, tu me dois 345 francs if I've counted right ou according to my calculations, you owe me 345 francs

tu as dû mal compter you must have got your calculations wrong, you must have miscalculated

2. [limiter ses dépenses] to be careful (with money)

3. [importer] to count, to matter

ce qui compte, c'est ta santé/le résultat the important thing is your health/the end result

40 ans d'ancienneté, ça compte! 40 years' service counts for something!

une des personnes qui ont le plus compté dans ma vie one of the most important people in my life

tu comptes beaucoup pour moi you mean a lot to me

je prendrai ma décision seule! — alors moi, je ne compte pas? I'll make my own decision! — so I don't count ou matter, then?

tu as triché, ça ne compte pas you cheated, it doesn't count

à l'examen, la philosophie ne compte presque pas philosophy is a very minor subject in the exam

compter double/triple to count double/triple

compter pour quelque chose/rien to count for something/nothing

quand il est invité à dîner, il compte pour trois! when he's invited to dinner he eats enough for three!

compter pour du beurre (familier) to count for nothing

4. [figurer]

compter parmi to rank with, to be numbered among

elle compte parmi les plus grands pianistes de sa génération she is one of the greatest pianists of her generation

————————

compter avec verbe plus préposition

to reckon with

désormais, il faudra compter avec l'opposition from now on, the opposition will have to be reckoned with

————————

compter sans verbe plus préposition

to fail to take into account, to fail to allow for

il avait compté sans la rapidité de Jones he had failed to take Jones' speed into account

————————

compter sur verbe plus préposition

[faire confiance à] to count ou to rely ou to depend on (inseparable)

[espérer - venue, collaboration, événement] to count on (inseparable)

c'est quelqu'un sur qui tu peux compter he's/she's a reliable person

ne compte pas trop sur la chance don't count ou rely too much on luck

je vous le rendrai — j'y compte bien! I'll give it back to you — I should hope so!

je peux sortir demain soir? — n'y compte pas! can I go out tomorrow night? — don't count ou bank on it!

il ne faut pas trop y compter don't count on it, I wouldn't count on it

compter sur quelqu'un/quelque chose pour: compte sur lui pour aller tout répéter au patron! you can rely on him to go and tell the boss everything!

si c'est pour lui jouer un mauvais tour, ne comptez pas sur moi! if you want to play a dirty trick on him, you can count me out!

compte là-dessus (et bois de l'eau fraîche)! (familier & ironique) you must be joking!, dream on!

————————

se compter verbe pronominal

(emploi passif) to be counted

les détournements de fonds se comptent par dizaines there have been dozens of cases of embezzlement

ses succès ne se comptent plus her successes are innumerable ou are past counting

————————

se compter verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)

1. [s'estimer] to count ou to consider oneself

je ne me compte pas parmi les plus malheureux I count myself as one of the luckier ones

2. [s'inclure dans un calcul] to count ou to include oneself

————————

à compter de locution prépositionnelle

as from ou of

à compter du 7 mai as from ou of May 7th

à compter de ce jour, nous ne nous sommes plus revus from that day on, we never saw each other again

————————

en comptant locution prépositionnelle

including

il faut deux mètres de tissu en comptant l'ourlet you need two metres of material including ou if you include the hem

————————

sans compter locution adverbiale

[généralementéreusement]

donner sans compter to give generously ou without counting the cost

se dépenser sans compter to spare no effort

————————

sans compter locution prépositionnelle

[sans inclure] not counting

[sans parler de] to say nothing of, not to mention

————————

sans compter que locution conjonctive

quite apart from the fact that

il est trop tôt pour aller dormir, sans compter que je n'ai pas du tout sommeil it's too early to go to bed, quite apart from the fact that I'm not at all sleepy

————————

tout bien compté locution adverbiale

all things considered, all in all

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > compter

7 grand

grand, e [gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d]

1. adjective

   a. ( = de haute taille) tall

   b. ( = plus âgé) son grand frère his older or big (inf) brother

• ils ont deux grands enfants they have two grown-up children

• quand il sera grand [enfant] when he grows up

• il est assez grand pour savoir he's old enough to know

• tu es grand/grande maintenant you're a big boy/girl now

   c. (en dimensions) big, large ; [bras, distance, voyage, enjambées] long ; [avenue, marge] wide

• ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide

• l'amour avec un grand A love with a capital L

   d. (en nombre, en quantité) [vitesse, poids, valeur, puissance] great ; [nombre, quantité] large ; [famille] large, big

• la grande majorité des gens the great majority of people

   e. ( = intense) [bruit, cri] loud ; [froid, chaleur] intense ; [vent] strong ; [danger, plaisir, pauvreté] great

• avec un grand rire with a loud laugh

• à ma grande surprise to my great surprise

   f. ( = riche, puissant) [pays, firme, banquier, industriel] leading

   g. ( = important) great ; [ville, travail] big

• je t'annonce une grande nouvelle ! I've got some great news!

• c'est un grand jour pour nous this is a great day for us

   h. ( = principal) main

• c'est la grande nouvelle du jour it's the main news of the day

• la grande difficulté consiste à... the main difficulty lies in...

   i. (intensif) [travailleur, collectionneur, ami, rêveur] great ; [buveur, fumeur] heavy ; [mangeur] big

• un grand verre d'eau a large glass of water

• les grands malades the very ill

• un grand invalide a seriously disabled person

   j. ( = remarquable) great

• un grand vin a great wine

• une grande année a vintage year

• c'est du grand jazz (inf) it's jazz at its best

   k. ( = de gala) [réception, dîner] grand

• en grande pompe with great pomp

   l. ( = noble) [âme] noble ; [pensée, principe] lofty

   m. ( = exagéré) faire de grandes phrases to voice high-flown sentiments

• tous ces grands discours all these high-flown speeches

   n. ( = beaucoup de) cela te fera (le plus) grand bien it'll do you the world of good

• grand bien vous fasse ! much good may it do you!

2. adverb

   a. (en taille) ces sandales chaussent grand these sandals are big-fitting (Brit) or run large (US)

   b. ( = largement) ouvrir (en) grand [+ porte] to open wide ; [+ robinet] to turn full on

• la fenêtre était grand(e) ouverte the window was wide open

• voir grand to think big

• il a vu trop grand he was over-ambitious

• il fait toujours les choses en grand he always does things on a large scale

3. masculine noun

   a. ( = élève) senior boy

• jeu pour petits et grands game for old and young alike

   b. (terme d'affection) viens, mon grand come here, son

   c. ( = personne puissante) les grands de ce monde men in high places

• Alexandre le Grand Alexander the Great

4. feminine noun

grande

   a. ( = élève) senior girl

• elle parle comme une grande she talks like a much older child

   b. (terme d'affection) ma grande (my) dear

5. compounds

► la grande Bleue or bleue the Med (inf)

► grande personne grown-up

► la grande vie the good life

• mener la grande vie to live the good life

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

GRANDES ÉCOLES

The grandes écoles are competitive-entrance higher education establishments where engineering, business administration and other subjects are taught to a very high standard. The most prestigious include « l'École Polytechnique » (engineering), the three « Écoles normales supérieures » (arts and sciences), « l'ÉNA » (the civil service college), and « HEC » (business administration).

Pupils prepare for entrance to the grandes écoles after their « baccalauréat » in two years of « classes préparatoires ». → CLASSES PRÉPARATOIRES CONCOURS ÉCOLE NATIONALE D'ADMINISTRATION

* * *

1.

grande gʀɑ̃, gʀɑ̃d adjectif

1) ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) tall; (en longueur, durée) long; ( en largeur) wide; (en étendue, volume) big

plus grand que nature — larger than life

ouvrir de grands yeux — to open one's eyes wide

2) (nombreux, abondant) large, big

pas grand monde — not many people

il fait grand jour — it's broad daylight

laver à grande eau — to wash [something] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [something] down [sol]

3) ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, ami] great; [tricheur, joueur] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy

c'est un grand timide — he's very shy

les grands malades — very sick people

les grands blessés — the seriously injured

4) ( important) [découverte, expédition, nouvelle] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big

c'est un grand jour pour elle — it's a big day for her

la grande majorité — the great ou vast majority

5) ( principal) main

les grandes lignes d'une politique — the broad lines of a policy

6) ( de premier plan) [société, marque] leading

les grandes industries — the big industries

7) (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble

c'est un grand homme — he's a great man

Louis le Grand — Louis the Great; esprit

8) ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte)

les grandes personnes — grown-ups

les grandes classes — École the senior forms GB, the upper classes US

une grande fille comme toi! — a big girl like you!

assez grand pour faire — old enough to do

9) ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, valeur] great; [pointure, quantité, étendue] large; [vitesse] high

il est grand temps que tu partes — it's high time you went

10) (extrême, fort) [bonté, amitié, danger, intérêt] great; [bruit] loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent

d'une grande timidité — very shy

à ma grande surprise — much to my surprise

sans grand espoir — without much hope

ça te ferait le plus grand bien — it would do you a world of good

à grands cris — loudly; cas, remède

11) ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great

la grande bourgeoisie — the upper middle class

12) ( grandiose) [réception, projet] grand

avoir grande allure — to look very impressive

13) ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding

un grand merci — a big thank you

faire de grands gestes — to wave one's arms about

et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots — there you go, straight off the deep end

2.

nom masculin, féminin ( enfant) big boy/girl; École senior GB ou older pupil

pour les grands et les petits — for old and young alike

3.

adverbe wide

ouvrir grand les bras — to throw one's arms open

ouvrir la porte toute grande — to open the door wide

ouvrir grand ses oreilles — fig to prick up one's ears

leurs vêtements taillent grand — their clothes are cut on the large side

voir grand — to think big

4.

nom masculin

les grands de ce monde — the great and the good

les cinq grands — Politique the Big Five

les grands de l'automobile — the top car manufacturers

5.

en grand locution adverbiale

faire de l'élevage en grand — to breed animals on a large scale

faire les choses en grand — to do things on the grand scale

Phrasal Verbs:

- grand banditisme

- grand bassin

- grand couturier

- grand duc

- grand écart

- le grand écran

- grand ensemble

- grand invalide civil

- grand invalide de guerre

- le grand large

- grand magasin

- grand maître

- grand mât

- le grand monde

- le Grand Nord

- grand panda

- Grand Pardon

- grand patron

- grand prêtre

- le grand public

- grand quotidien

- grand teint

- grand tourisme

- la grande banlieue

- la grande cuisine

- grande distribution

- grande école

- la Grande Guerre

- grande gueule

- la grande muraille de Chine

- grande personne

- la grande presse

- grande puissance

- grande roue

- grande série

- grande surface

- grandes eaux

- grandes lignes

- grandes marées

- grandes ondes

- grands espaces

- grands fauves

- grands fonds

- Grands Lacs

- grands singes

* * *
ɡʀɑ̃, ɡʀɑ̃d grand, -e
1. adj

1) (= de haute taille) tall

Il est grand pour son âge. — He's tall for his age.

2) (= aîné)

son grand frère — his big brother

C'est sa grande sœur. — She's his big sister.

3) (= adulte)

une grande personne — a grown-up

Il est assez grand pour... — He's old enough to...

4) (= gros, vaste, large) big, large

une grande valise — a big suitcase

une grande maison — a big house

5) (importance, stature) great

un grand homme — a great man

un grand voyage — a long journey

C'est un grand ami à moi. — He's a great friend of mine.

les grandes vacances — the summer holidays

les grandes lignes CHEMINS DE FER — the main lines

6) (ampleur, degré)

un grand buveur — a heavy drinker

les grands blessés; Les grands blessés ont été emmenés à l'hôpital en hélicoptère. — The severely injured were taken to hospital by helicopter.

les grands brûlés — people with serious burns

un grand malade — a very sick person

le grand malade de l'Europe — the sick man of Europe

7) (intensif)

au grand jour — in broad daylight

au grand air — in the open air

Ça te fera beaucoup de bien d'être au grand air. — It'll be very good for you to be out in the open air.

de grand matin — at the crack of dawn

il est grand temps de — it's high time to

avoir grand besoin de — to be in great need of

2. adv

grand ouvert — wide open

voir grand — to think big

3. nm/f

1) (= élève, enfant) big boy, big girl

Il est chez les grands maintenant. — He's in the senior school now.

C'est une grande, elle peut y aller seule. — She's a big girl now, she can go on her own.

2) (= personnage)

les grands de ce monde — the great and the good

4. nm

en grand [ouvrir] — wide

voir les choses en grand — to think big

* * *

grand, grande

A adj

1 ( de dimensions importantes) ( en hauteur) [personne, arbre, tour, cierge] tall; (en longueur, durée) [bras, enjambée, promenade, voyage] long; ( en largeur) [angle, marge] wide; (en étendue, volume) [lac, ville, salle, trou, édifice, paquet] large, big; [tas, feu] big; ( démesuré) [pied, nez, bouche] big; un homme (très) grand a (very) tall man; un grand homme brun, un homme grand et brun a tall dark man; plus grand que nature larger than life; ouvrir de grands yeux to open one's eyes wide;

2 (nombreux, abondant) [famille, foule] large, big; [fortune] large; grande braderie big sale; pas grand monde not many people; faire de grandes dépenses to spend a lot of money; il fait grand jour it's broad daylight; laver à grande eau to wash [sth] in plenty of running water [légumes]; to wash [sth] down [sol]; à grand renfort de publicité with much publicity;

3 ( à un degré élevé) [rêveur, collectionneur, travailleur, ami, ennemi, pécheur] great; [tricheur, joueur, lâcheur, idiot] big; [buveur, fumeur] heavy; grand amateur de ballet great ballet lover; c'est un grand timide he's very shy; les grands malades very sick people; c'est un grand cardiaque he has a serious heart condition;

4 ( important) [découverte, migration, expédition, événement, nouvelle, honneur] great; [date] important; [rôle] major; [problème, décision] big; ( principal) main; c'est un grand jour pour elle it's a big day for her; une grande partie de la maison a large part of the house; une grande partie des habitants many of the inhabitants; la grande majorité the great ou vast majority; ⇒ scène;

5 ( principal) main; le grand escalier the main staircase; le grand problème/obstacle the main ou major problem/obstacle; les grands axes routiers the main ou trunk GB roads; les grands points du discours the main points of the speech; les grandes lignes d'une politique the broad lines of a policy;

6 ( de premier plan) Écon, Pol [pays, société, industriel, marque] leading; les grandes industries the big industries;

7 (brillant, remarquable) [peintre, œuvre, civilisation, vin, cause] great; [cœur, âme] noble; c'est un grand homme he's a great man; les grands écrivains great authors; un grand nom de la musique a great musician; un grand monsieur du théâtre a great gentleman of the stage; Louis/Pierre le Grand Louis/Peter the Great; les grands noms du cinéma/de la littérature indienne the big names of the cinema/of Indian literature; de grande classe [produit] high-class; [exploit] admirable; ⇒ esprit;

8 ( âgé) [frère, sœur] elder; [élève] senior GB, older; ( adulte) grown-up; mon grand frère my elder brother; les grandes classes Scol the senior forms GB, the upper classes US; quand il sera grand when he grows up; mes enfants sont grands my children are quite old; une grande fille comme toi! a big girl like you!; 12 ans! tu es assez grand pour te débrouiller 12 years old! you're old enough to cope;

9 ( qualifiant une mesure) [hauteur, longueur, distance, poids, valeur, âge] great; [dimensions, taille, pointure, quantité, nombre, étendue] large; [vitesse] high; [kilomètre, mois, heure] good; il est grand temps que tu partes it's high time you were off ou you went;

10 (intense, extrême, fort) [bonté, lâcheté, pauvreté, amitié, chagrin, faim, danger, différence, intérêt] great; [bruit] great, loud; [froid] severe; [chaleur] intense; [vent] strong, high; [tempête] big, violent; avec grand plaisir with great ou much pleasure; dans le plus grand secret in great secrecy; d'une grande bêtise/timidité very ou extremely stupid/shy; à ma grande honte/surprise much to my shame/surprise; sans grand espoir/enthousiasme without much hope/enthusiasm; sans grande importance not very important; il n'y a pas grand mal à cela/à faire there isn't much harm in that/in doing; avoir grand faim/soif to be very hungry/thirsty; avoir grand besoin de to be badly in need of; ça te ferait le plus grand bien it would do you a world of good; à grands cris loudly; ⇒ cas, remède;

11 ( de rang social élevé) [famille, nom] great; grande dame great lady; la grande bourgeoisie the upper middle class;

12 ( grandiose) [réception] grand; grands projets grand designs; avoir grande allure, avoir grand air to look very impressive;

13 ( emphatique) [mot] big; [phrase] high-sounding; un grand merci a big thank you; faire de grands gestes to wave one's arms about; et voilà, tout de suite les grands mots there you go, straight off the deep end.

B nm,f

1 ( enfant) big boy/girl; Scol senior GB ou older pupil; il a fait ça tout seul comme un grand he did it all by himself like a big boy; il fait le ménage comme un grand he does the housework like a grown-up; pour les grands et les petits for old and young alike;

2 ( terme d'affection) mon grand, ma grande my darling.

C adv wide; ouvrir grand la bouche to open one's mouth wide; ouvrir tout grand les bras to throw one's arms open; les fenêtres sont grand(es) ouvertes the windows are wide open; ouvrir la porte toute grande to open the door wide; ouvrir grand ses oreilles fig to prick up one's ears; ouvrir tout grand son cœur fig to open one's heart; les bottes chaussent grand the boots are large-fitting; leurs vêtements taillent grand their clothes are cut on the large side; voir grand fig to think big.

D nm ( pays) big power; ( entreprise) leader, big name; les grands de ce monde the great and the good; Pol the world's leaders; les cinq grands Pol the Big Five; les grands de l'automobile the top car manufacturers; c'est un grand de la publicité he's big in advertising.

E en grand loc adv [ouvrir] wide, completely; faire de l'élevage en grand to breed animals on a large scale; quand ils reçoivent, ils font les choses en grand when they entertain they do things on the grand scale or they really go to town○.

Composés

grand argentier Hist royal treasurer; hum keeper of the nation's purse, Finance minister; le grand art alchemy; grand banditisme organized crime; grand bassin ( de piscine) main pool; Anat upper pelvis; grand cacatois main royal sail; grand caniche standard poodle; le grand capital Écon big money, big investors pl; grand commis de l'État top civil servant; grand coq de bruyère capercaillie; grand corbeau raven; grand couturier couturier; grand débutant absolute beginner; grand duc Zool eagle owl; grand écart Danse, Sport splits (sg); faire le grand écart to do the splits; le grand écran the big screen; grand électeur ( en France) elector who votes in the elections for the French Senate; ( aux États-Unis) presidential elector; grand ensemble high-density housing complex; la vie dans les grands ensembles high-rise living; grand d'Espagne Spanish grandee; grand foc outer jib; grand frais Météo moderate gale; grand hunier main topsail; grand hunier fixe lower main topsail; grand hunier volant upper main topsail; grand invalide civil, GIC civilian who is registered severely disabled; grand invalide de guerre, GIG Prot Soc ex-serviceman who is registered severely disabled; le grand large Naut the high seas (pl); grand magasin Comm department store; grand maître ( aux échecs) grand master; grand maître de l'ordre des Templiers Hist Grand Master of the Knights Templar; grand mât Naut mainmast; le grand monde high society; le Grand Nord Géog the Far North; Grand Œuvre Great Work; grand officier de la Légion d'Honneur high-ranking officer of the Legion of Honour^GB; le Grand Orient the Grand Lodge of France; grand panda giant panda; Grand Pardon Day of Atonement; grand patron Méd senior consultant GB, head doctor US; grand perroquet Naut main topgallant sail; grand prêtre Relig, fig high priest; grand prix Courses Aut, Sport grand prix; le grand public the general public; Comm produit grand public consumer product; grand quart Naut six-hour watch; Grand quartier général, GQG Mil General Headquarters, GHQ; grand quotidien Presse big national daily; grand roque Jeux ( aux échecs) castling long; le Grand Siècle Hist the 17th century (in France); grand teint colourfast^GB; grand tétras capercaillie; grand tourisme Courses Aut, Aut GT, gran turismo; le Grand Turc the Sultan; grand veneur Chasse master of the hounds; grande Armée Hist Grande Armée (Napoleon's army); grande Baie Australienne Géog Great Australian Bight; la grande banlieue the outer suburbs (pl); Grande Barrière (de Corail) Géog Great Barrier Reef; la grande bleue the sea; la grande cuisine Culin haute cuisine; grande distribution Écon volume retailing; grand école higher education institution; la Grande Guerre Hist the First World War; grande gueule○ loud mouth○; grande hune Naut maintop; la grande muette the army; la grande muraille de Chine Géog the Great Wall of China; grande personne grown-up, adult; la grande presse Presse the popular dailies (pl); grande puissance Pol superpower; grande roue ( de foire) big wheel GB, Ferris wheel US; grande série Comm mass production; fabriqué en grande série mass-produced; grande surface Comm supermarket; grandes eaux fountains; fig ( pleurs) waterworks; dès qu'on la gronde, ce sont les grandes eaux the minute you tell her off, she turns on the waterworks; grandes lignes Rail main train routes; grandes marées spring tides; grandes ondes Radio long wave (sg); Grandes Plaines Géog Great Plains; les grands blessés the seriously injured; grands corps de l'État Admin senior branches of the civil service; grands espaces Écol open spaces; grands fauves Zool big cats; grands fonds Naut ocean depths; les grands froids the cold of winter; Grands Lacs Géog Great Lakes; grands singes Zool great apes; ⇒ école, voyage.

ⓘ Grande école A prestigious third-level institution where admission is usually by competitive entrance examination or concours. Places are much sought after as they are widely considered to guarantee more promising career prospects than the standard university institutions. Many grandes écoles specialize in particular disciplines or fields of study, e.g. ENA, Sciences Po, etc.

( féminin grande) [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) adjectif

A.[ASPECT QUANTITATIF]

1. [de taille élevée - adulte] tall ; [ - enfant] tall, big

2. [de grandes dimensions - objet, salle, ville] big, large ; [ - distance] long

grand A/B/C capital A/B/C

une grande tour a high ou tall tower

un grand fleuve a long ou big river

une statue plus grande que nature a large-scale statue

de grandes jambes long legs

avoir de grands pieds to have big ou large feet

ses grands yeux bleus her big blue eyes

marcher à grands pas to walk with great ou long strides

3. [d'un certain âge - être humain] big

tu es un grand garçon maintenant you're a big boy now

tu es assez grand pour comprendre you're old enough to understand

[aîné - frère, sœur] big

[au terme de sa croissance - personne] grown-up ; [ - animal] fully grown, adult

quand je serai grand when I'm grown-up ou big

4. [qui dure longtemps] long

pendant un grand moment for quite some time

5. [intense, considérable] great

les risques sont grands there are considerable risks

de grande diffusion widely-distributed

une grande fortune great wealth, a large fortune

ils ont marié leur fille à grands frais they married off their daughter at great ou vast expense

rincer à grande eau to rinse thoroughly

les grands froids intense cold

pendant les grandes chaleurs in high summer, in ou at the height of summer

nous avons fait un grand feu we made a big fire

un grand incendie a major ou great fire

ce sont des articles de grande consommation they are everyday consumer articles

(à l'époque des)grandes marées (at) spring tide

au grand jour in broad daylight

6. [pour qualifier une mesure] large, great

la grande majorité de the great ou vast majority of

son grand âge explique cette erreur this mistake can be put down to her being so old

ils plongent à une grande profondeur they dive very deep ou to a great depth

un grand nombre de passagers a large number of passengers

7. [entier]

une grande cuillerée de sucre a heaped spoonful of sugar

elle m'a fait attendre une grande heure/semaine she made me wait a good hour/a good week

8. BOTANIQUE great, greater

9. GÉOGRAPHIE

le Grand Canyon the Grand Canyon

les Grands Lacs the Great Lakes

10. ZOOLOGIE

les grands animaux (the) larger animals

B.[ASPECT QUALITATIF]

1. [important] great, major

les grands problèmes de notre temps the main ou major ou key issues of our time

2. [acharné, invétéré] great, keen

c'est un grand travailleur he's a hard worker, he's hard-working

c'est une grande timide she's really shy

ce sont de grands amis they're great ou very good friends

grands fumeurs heavy smokers

les grands blessés/brûlés/invalides the seriously wounded/burned/disabled

les grands handicapés the severely handicapped

3. [puissant, influent - banque] top ; [ - industriel] top, leading, major ; [ - propriétaire, famille] important ; [ - personnage] great

4. [dans une hiérarchie]

les grands dignitaires du régime the leading ou important dignitaries of the regime

le Grand rabbin (de France) the Chief Rabbi (of France)

les grands corps de l'État the major public bodies

5. [noble]

avoir grand air ou grande allure to carry oneself well, to be imposing

6. [généralementéreux]

il a un grand cœur he's big-hearted, he has a big heart

une grande âme a noble soul

7. [exagéré] big

de grands gestes extravagant gestures

grands mots high-sounding words, high-flown language

8. [fameux, reconnu] great

un grand homme a great man

un grand journaliste a great ou top journalist

les grands textes classiques the classics

il ne descend que dans les grands hôtels he only stays in the best hotels ou the most luxurious hotels

le grand film de la soirée tonight's big ou feature film

le grand jour the big day

les grandes dates de l'histoire de France the great ou most significant dates in French history

un grand nom a great name

un grand nom de la peinture contemporaine one of today's great painters

les grands couturiers the top fashion designers

9. HISTOIRE

la Grande Catherine Catherine the Great

10. [omnipotent, suprême] great

Dieu est grand God is great

C.[EN INTENSIF]

avec une (très) grande facilité with (the greatest of) ease

sans grand enthousiasme/intérêt without much enthusiasm/interest

sa grande fierté, c'est son jardin he's very proud of ou he takes great pride in his garden

c'était un grand moment it was a great moment

un grand merci à ta sœur lots of thanks to ou a big thank you to your sister

le grand amour: c'est le grand amour! it's true love!

Robert fut son grand amour Robert was the love of her life

tu aurais grand avantage à la prévenir you'd be well advised to warn her

cette cuisine a grand besoin d'être nettoyée this kitchen really needs ou is in dire need of a clean

faire grand bien: ça m'a fait le plus grand bien it did me a power of ou the world of good

il en a pensé le plus grand bien he thought most highly of it

grand bien lui fasse! much good may it do her!

faire grand cas de to set great store by

toute la famille au grand complet the whole family, every single member of the family

jamais, au grand jamais je n'accepterai never in a million years will I accept

il n'y a pas grand mal à demander des précisions there's no harm in asking for further details

il est parti de grand matin he left at the crack of dawn

il n'y avait pas grand monde à son concert there weren't many people at his concert

pour notre plus grand plaisir to our (great) delight

prendre grand soin de to take great care of

à sa grande surprise much to his surprise, to his great surprise

il est grand temps que tu le lises it's high time you read it

————————

, grande [grɑ̃, grɑ̃d] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou h muet [grɑ̃t]) nom masculin, nom féminin

1. [enfant - d'un certain âge]

l'école des grands primary school

[en appellatif]

merci mon grand! thanks, son!

allons, ma grande, ne pleure pas! come on now, love, don't cry!

comme un grand: je me débrouillerai tout seul, comme un grand/toute seule, comme une grande I'll manage on my own, like a big boy/a big girl

2. [adulte - généralement] grown-up, adult

un jeu pour petits et grands a game for young and old (alike)

[en appellatif]

alors, ma grande, tu as pu te reposer un peu? well dear, did you manage to get some rest?

[personne de grande taille]

pour la photo, les grands se mettront derrière for the photo, tall people ou the taller people will stand at the back

————————

adverbe

1. [vêtement]

chausser grand: c'est un modèle qui chausse grand this is a large-fitting shoe

tailler grand: ça devrait vous aller, ça taille grand it should fit you, it's cut large

2. (locution)

ils ont vu trop grand they bit off more than they could chew

elle voit grand pour son fils she's got great hopes for her son

deux rôtis! tu as vu grand! two roasts! you don't do things by halves!

3. [largement]

grand ouvert wide-open

4. ART

représenter quelque chose plus grand que nature to enlarge something

————————

nom masculin

1. PHILOSOPHIE → link=infiniment infiniment

2. [entrepreneur, industriel]

un grand de la mode a leading light in the fashion business

les grands de l'automobile the major ou leading car manufacturers

————————

grands nom masculin pluriel

ÉCONOMIE & POLITIQUE

les grands [les puissants] the rich (and powerful)

les grands de ce monde the people in (positions of) power ou in high places

les deux Grands POLITIQUE the two superpowers

————————

en grand locution adverbiale

[complètement] on a large scale

il faut aérer la maison en grand the house needs a thorough ou good airing

il a fait les choses en grand (figuré) he really did things properly

grande école nom féminin

competitive-entrance higher education establishment

grand ensemble nom masculin

housing scheme (UK), housing project (US)

grande surface nom féminin

hypermarket

GRANDE ÉCOLE

The grandes écoles are relatively small and highly respected higher education establishments. Admission is usually only possible after two years of intensive preparatory studies and a competitive entrance examination. Most have close links with industry. The grandes écoles include l'École des hautes études commerciales or HEC (management and business), l'École polytechnique or l'X (engineering) and l'École normale supérieure (teacher training).

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > grand

8 passare

1. v/i ( trasferirsi) go (in into)

sports pass

di legge be passed, pass

di tempo go by or past, pass

passare attraverso delle difficoltà have a difficult time

passare da/per Milano go through Milan

passare dal panettiere drop by the baker's

mi è passato di mente it slipped my mind

passare di moda go out of fashion

passare inosservato go unnoticed

2. v/t confine cross

( sorpassare) overstep

( porgere) pass

( trascorrere) spend

telecommunications ti passo Claudio here's Claudio

* * *

passare v. intr.

1 to pass; ( vicino) to pass by, to go* by, to get* by; ( attraverso) to go* through, to pass through, to get* through: lasciami passare, let me pass; si fece da parte per far passare l'auto, he moved aside to let the car pass; egli passò senza fermarsi, he passed without stopping; per andare a Roma da Milano si passa per Bologna, to go to Rome from Milan you pass through Bologna; la strada passa per il bosco, the road passes (o goes o runs) through the wood; passiamo per il centro?, shall we go (o pass) through the centre?; l'Arno passa da Firenze, the Arno flows through Florence; l'autobus passa davanti alla stazione, the bus goes past the station; passa sotto il ponte e gira a destra, go under the bridge and turn right; in quel cavo passa la corrente, there's electricity in that cable; si abbassò per passare dalla porta, he bent to get through the doorway; per far passare il frigorifero bisogna spostare l'armadio, we'll have to move the cupboard to get the fridge to pass; questa corda è troppo grossa, non ci passa, this string is too thick, it won't go through

2 ( penetrare) to come* in, to pass through: la luce passava attraverso le persiane, the light came in through the shutters

3 (trasferirsi da una persona all'altra, da un luogo all'altro) to pass: la palla passava da un giocatore all'altro, the ball passed from one player to the other; passare di padre in figlio, to be handed down (o passed on) from father to son; passare in altre mani, to pass into other hands; passiamo in salotto per il caffè, let's have our coffee in the drawing room // passava da un argomento all'altro con grande facilità, he passed from one subject to another with the greatest of ease // è tempo di passare dalle parole ai fatti, it's time for action (o it's time to pass from words to action)

4 ( trascorrere) to pass, to elapse, to go* by: i giorni passarono, the days went by; la gioventù passa presto, youth soon passes; man mano che passano gli anni..., as the years go by...; il tempo non passa mai quando si aspetta qlcu., time goes slowly when you're waiting for s.o.; sono già passati due anni, two years have already passed; facciamo una partita a carte tanto per far passare il tempo, let's have a game of cards, just to pass the time

5 ( cessare) to pass (away), to cease: il mal di denti mi è passato, my toothache has passed off (o gone); la sua collera passò presto, his anger soon passed (o cooled); il temporale è passato, the storm is over (o has passed o has ceased); passare di moda, to go out of fashion // passerà anche questa, it won't last for ever; tutto passa, everything comes to an end; per lui è stato un brutto colpo ma spero gli passerà presto, it was a tough blow for him but I hope he'll get over it quickly // cerca di farti passare il malumore, try to snap out of it

6 ( andare, venire) to call on (s.o.), to call at (a place): devo passare dal suo ufficio, I must call at his office; passerà di qui fra poco, he will come here soon (o before long); passerò a prenderti, I'll call for you; passerò da te questa sera, I'll drop in (on you) tonight; passare da un cliente, to call on a client; passa a portarmi quel libro, come here and bring me the book

7 ( diventare) to become*: passò capitano, he was promoted captain

8 ( essere scambiato per) to be taken for, to pass off as; ( essere reputato) to be believed, to be considered: così vestito potrebbe passare per un prete, dressed like that he could be taken for a priest; lo hanno fatto passare per pazzo, they passed him off as mad; si è fatto passare per un professore di chimica e tutti ci hanno creduto, he passed himself off as a chemistry teacher and everyone believed him; passa per bella, intelligente, she is considered (o thought) beautiful, intelligent; passare per ricco, to be thought rich

9 ( essere accettato, aver corso) to be passed, to get* through: il progetto di legge passò il mese scorso, the bill was passed last month; passare a un esame, to get through an examination; non è un capolavoro ma può passare, it's not a masterpiece but it'll do

10 ( intercorrere) to be: passa una gran differenza, there is a great difference

11 ( di cibi) ( andare a male) to go* bad, to go* off; ( di vino) to turn sour; to turn sweet

12 ( a carte) to pass

◆ v.tr.

1 ( attraversare) to pass, to cross; ( oltrepassare) to pass, to go* beyond: passare il confine, to pass (o to cross) the border; i fuggitivi sono 11riusciti a passare il fiume, the fugitives succeeded in crossing the river; dopo che hai passato il tabaccaio è la prima casa a destra, when you pass the tobacconist's it's the first house on your right; ho passato l'edicola senza vederla, I went beyond the newstand without seeing it

2 ( far passare) to pass: passare il filo nell'ago, to pass the thread through the eye of the needle; si fece passare una corda in vita, he passed the rope round his waist

3 ( essere più di) to be over: quel tipo passa i 2 metri, that fellow is over two metres tall; per me ha passato i 50 anni, I think he's over fifty; questa lettera passa il peso, this letter is overweight

4 ( trascorrere) to spend*, to pass: dove passerai le vacanze?, where are you going to spend your holidays?; passeremo il Natale insieme, we'll spend (o pass) Christmas together; sta passando un brutto periodo, he's having (o going through) a bad time; ho passato una serata molta bella, I've had a lovely evening; ha passato tre anni in prigione, he spent three years in prison

5 ( cospargere di) to put*, to spread*: passati un po' di crema in viso, put a bit of cream on your face; passare la cera sul pavimento, to wax the floor

6 ( pulire) to wipe, to clean; passare uno straccio sulla lavagna, to wipe the blackboard with a cloth; passare lo straccio sul pavimento, to wipe the floor; si passò il fazzoletto sul collo, he mopped (o wiped) his neck with his handkerchief

7 ( dare) to pass, to give*, to hand: l'albergo non passa la colazione, the hotel does not give breakfast; guarda queste fotografie e passale agli altri, look at these photographs and pass them on to the others; passami il sale, per favore, can you pass me the salt, please?; mi passa un assegno mensile, he gives me a monthly cheque; passare gli alimenti alla moglie, to pay one's wife alimony; (comm.) passare un ordine, to place an order; (sport) passare la palla, to pass the ball

8 ( sopportare) to undergo*, to pass through (sthg.): ha passato un mucchio di guai, she has gone through (o she has had) a lot of trouble; ne ho passate tante, ne ho passate di tutti i colori, te lo assicuro, I have been through a lot, I can tell you

9 ( trafiggere) to pass through; to run* through, to transfix: lo passò da parte a parte, he ran him through

10 ( approvare, promuovere; superare) to pass: ho passato tutti i miei allievi, I have passed all my pupils; passare un progetto di legge, to pass a bill; hai passato l'esame di guida?, did you pass your driving test?

11 (cuc.) ( setacciare) to sieve; ( al passaverdura) to purée // passa il pesce nella farina prima di friggerlo, flour the fish before frying; passare nell'uovo, to dip in beaten egg; passare gli spinaci nel burro, to sauté the spinach; passare nel pangrattato, to coat with breadcrumbs.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: passare a miglior vita, to pass away // passare inosservato, to go (o to pass) unnoticed // passare di mente, to go out of one's mind; passare per la mente, to cross (o to come into) one's mind // sarà due chili e passa, it's probably two kilos or more; avrà trent'anni e passa, he must be over thirty // non posso passare sopra a così tanti errori, I can't overlook so many mistakes // faccia la coda, non cerchi di passare davanti a tutti, don't try to pass ahead of everyone (o to jump the queue); è passato in testa al gruppo, alla classifica, he moved up to the top // passi la sua ignoranza, ma non la cattiva educazione, I'm prepared to overlook his ignorance but not his bad manners // passa via!, get (o go) away, scram! // passarla liscia, to get away with sthg. (o to get off scot-free) // passarsela bene, male, ( finanziariamente) to be well off, badly off // passar parola, to pass the word on (o round) // passare qlco. sotto silenzio, to pass over sthg. in silence // non gliene passa una, she picks him up on everything ∙ Questo verbo è usato in molte frasi idiomatiche per la cui traduzione si rinvia agli altri elementi. Per esempio: passare per le armi → arma; passare in rivista → rivista; passare dei guai → guaio; passare al setaccio → setaccio ecc.

* * *
[pas'sare]
1. vi (aus essere)

1) (persona, veicolo) to go by, pass (by)

l'autobus passa davanti a casa nostra — the bus goes past our house

siamo passati davanti a casa tua — we went past your house, we walked (o drove) past your house

non è passata neanche una macchina — not one car went by

passare dall'altra parte della strada — to cross (over) to the other side of the street

2) (fare una breve sosta) to call in, (presso amico) to call o drop in, (postino) to come, call

passa quando vuoi — call in whenever you like

passare a casa di qn o da qn — to call o drop in on sb

passo da te dopo cena — I'll call in after dinner

passare a trovare/salutare qn — to drop by to see sb/say "hello" to sb

passare a prendere qc/qn — to come and pick sth/sb up

ti passo a prendere alle otto — I'll come and pick you up at eight o'clock

passare in banca/ufficio — to call in at the bank/office

devo passare in banca — I've got to call in at the bank

3) (filtrare attraverso: aria, sole, luce) to pass, get through, (acqua) to seep through

4)

(trasferirsi) passare da...a — to pass from... to

passare di mano in mano — to be passed o handed round

passare di padre in figlio — to be handed o passed down o from father to son

passare da un argomento ad un altro — to go from one subject to another

passare ad altro — to change the subject, (in una riunione) to discuss the next item

passiamo ad altro! — let's go on!

passare al nemico — to go over to the enemy

passare alla storia — to pass into history, fig to become a legend

passare di moda — to go out of fashion

passare a miglior vita euf — to pass away

5) (trascorrere: giorni, tempo) to pass, go by

sono passati molti anni dalla fine della guerra — many years have passed since the end of the war

6) (allontanarsi: temporale, dolore, voglia) to pass, go away

il peggio è passato — the worst is over

far passare a qn la voglia di qc/di fare qc — to stifle sb's desire for sth/to do sth

ti è passato il mal di testa? — has your headache gone?

gli passerà! — he'll get over it!

7) (essere accettato: proposta di legge) to be passed, (candidato) to pass

passare a un esame — to go up (to the next class) after an exam

passare di grado — to be promoted

8) Culin

passare di cottura — to be overdone

9) Carte to pass

10)

30 anni e passa — well over 30 years ago

c'erano 100 persone e passa — there were well over a 100 people

11)

(esistere) ci passa una bella differenza tra i 2 quadri — there's a big difference between the 2 pictures

12)

passare per uno stupido/un genio — to be taken for a fool/a genius

passare per buono — to be taken as valid, be accepted

passare inosservato — to go unnoticed

farsi passare per — to pass o.s. off as, pretend to be

13)

passare attraverso, per anche fig — to go through

passare sopra — to pass over o above, (fig : lasciar correre) to pass over, overlook

passare sotto — to pass below

cosa ti passa per la testa? — (a che pensi?) what is going through your mind?, (come puoi pensarlo?) what are you thinking of!

per dove si passa per arrivare in centro? — which way do I (o we) go to get into town?

lasciar passare qn/qc — to let sb/sth through

non mi hanno lasciato passare — they didn't let me through

far passare qn per o da — to let sb in (o out) by

far passare avanti qn — to let sb get past o by

questa volta non ci passo sopra — I'm not prepared to overlook it this time

2. vt

1) (attraversare) to cross

2) (esame) to pass, (dogana) to go through, clear, (visita medica) to have

hai passato l'esame? — did you pass the exam?

3) (approvare) to pass, approve

4)

(trafiggere) passare qn/qc da parte a parte — to pass right through sb/sth

5) (trascorrere) to spend, pass

passare le vacanze in montagna — to spend one's holidays in the mountains

ho passato due giorni a Parigi — I spent two days in Paris

non passerà la notte — he (o she) won't survive the night

non passa giorno che non ne combini una delle sue — hardly a day goes by without him getting up to something

6) (oltrepassare, sorpassare) to go beyond, (fig : andare oltre i limiti) to exceed, go beyond

ha passato la quarantina — he (o she) is over 40

7) (dare: oggetto) to pass, give, hand, (Sport: palla) to pass

passare qc a qn — to pass sth to sb, give sb sth, (trasmettere: messaggio) to pass sth (on) to sb

ha passato la palla a Enrico — he passed the ball to Enrico

potresti passarmi il sale? — could you pass me the salt, please?

mi hai passato l'influenza — you gave me the flu

passare indietro qc — to pass o give o hand sth back

i miei genitori mi passano 300 euro al mese — my parents give me 300 euros a month

mi passi Maria? — (al telefono) can I speak to Maria?

le passo il signor Rossi — I'm putting you through to Mr Rossi, here's Mr Rossi

8) (brodo, verdura) to strain

9)

passare lo straccio per terra — to give the floor a wipe

passare l'aspirapolvere — to hoover Brit, vacuum Am

passare una mano di vernice su qc — to give sth a coat of paint

10)

(fraseologia) passarsela bene/male — to get on well/badly, (economicamente) to manage well/badly

come te la passi? — how are you getting on o along?

passarla liscia — to get away with it

ne ha passate tante — he's been through a lot, he's had some difficult times

3. sm

col passare del tempo... — with the passing of time...

col passare degli anni — (riferito al presente) as time goes by, (riferito al passato) as time passed o went by

* * *
I 1. [pas'sare]
verbo transitivo

1) (attraversare) to go* past, to go* across, to get* across, to get* over, to pass, to cross [fiume, ponte]; to go* through, to get* through [ dogana]

passato il semaforo, giri a destra — turn right after the lights

2) (infilare) to run*; (trafiggere) to run* through

passare la corda nell'anello — to pass o run the rope through the ring

3) (trasferire) to move

passare qcn. a un altro ufficio — to move sb. to another office

4) (al telefono)

passare una telefonata a qcn. — to put a call through to sb.

mi passi il direttore commerciale, per favore — give me the sales manager, please

glielo passo — I'll put him on, I'm putting you through

5) (porgere) to hand, to pass [ oggetto]

passami il piatto — pass me your plate

potete (fare) passare il sale? — could you pass the salt along please?

passare la palla — sport to feed o pass the ball

6) (far scorrere)

passare le dita su qcs. — to run one's fingers over sth.

passare uno straccio su qcs. — to run a duster over sth

7) (trascorrere) to spend*, to pass

passare una bella giornata — to have a nice day

passare la giornata a fare — to spend the day doing

passare un brutto momento — to have a thin time of it

8) (superare) to pass, to get* through [esame, test]; to live out [ inverno]

9) (approvare) to get* through, to carry, to pass [legge, decreto]

10) (perdonare)

non me ne passa una — he doesn't let me get away with anything

11) gastr. (con il frullatore) to whizz up; to mash (up), to puree [frutta, verdura]

passare qcs. al tritacarne — to put sth. through the mincer

12) (spalmare) to rub [ crema]

passare la cera sul tavolo — to wax the table

13) (pagare)

passare gli alimenti — dir. to pay maintenance

14) rad. telev.

passo! — over

passo e chiudo! — over and out!

passiamo ora la linea ai nostri studi di Roma — now over to our Rome studios

15) (oltrepassare)

passare la cinquantina — to be over fifty years old, to be in one's fifties

hai proprio passato il limite! — you're way out of line! colloq.
2.
verbo intransitivo (aus. essere)

1) (transitare) [persona, veicolo] to pass

riesci a passare? — can you fit o get through?

passando per o da by way of; passare per il centro della città, davanti alla scuola to go through the town centre, past the school; andare in Polonia passando per la Germania to travel through Germany to Poland; passare per i campi to cut across the fields; l'autobus è appena passato the bus has just gone; passate da quella porta go straight through that door; passare dalla scala di servizio — to use the backstairs o service stairs AE

2) (snodarsi)

passare per — [ strada] to go through; (scorrere) [ acqua] to flow through

3) (andare momentaneamente) to drop in, to drop round, to pop in BE colloq.

passare da — to call at [ negozio]; to call (in) on [amico, parente]; to go round to [scuola, ufficio]

devi passare a trovarci — you must come by and see us

passare a prendere qcn., qcs. — to pick sb., sth. up

passerà oggi — he's coming round today

sono solo passata a salutare — I've just popped in to say hello

4) (penetrare) to get* through

fare passare — to let in [acqua, luce]

5) (svolgersi)

passare inosservato — to go o pass unnoticed

6) (spostarsi) to go*, to move

passare dalla sala da pranzo in salotto — to move from the dining room to the lounge

passare davanti a qcn. in una coda — to cut in front of sb. in a queue

7) (pensare)

dire quello che passa per la mente — to say things off the top of one's head

mi domando cosa le passi per la testa — I wonder what's going on in her head

non mi era mai passato per la testa che... — it never crossed o entered my mind that

8) (essere trasferito, trasmesso) [ proprietà] to pass; [ titolo] to pass down

passare alla storia come — to go down in history as

passare di padre in figlio, di generazione in generazione — to be handed down from father to son, from generation to generation

9) (variare, cambiare) to change

passare dal riscaldamento a gas a quello elettrico — to change over from gas to electric heating

passare sotto il controllo dell'ONU — to be taken over by the UN

passare al (campo) nemico — to desert to the enemy camp, to go over to the enemy

10) fig. (procedere) to go* on, to move on, to pass on

passiamo ad altro — let's move on

passare all'offensiva — to go on o take the offensive

passare alle vie di fatto — to use force, to come to blows

11) (essere approvato) [legge, regolamento] to go* through

12) (essere ammesso) [ candidato] to pass

passare alla classe superiore — to go up a class

è passato generale — he's been promoted to general

13) (cessare) [crisi, sentimento] to pass; [dolore, effetto] to pass off, to subside; [ temporale] to blow* itself out, to blow* over, to spend* itself, to die out; [amore, rabbia] to die

passerà — it'll pass, things will get better

gli passerà — he'll get over it

questo mal di testa non vuole passare! — this headache just won't go away!

mi è passata la voglia di giocare — I don't feel like playing any more

14) (trascorrere) [ tempo] to draw* on, to go* (by), to pass

sono appena passate le sei — it's just gone six o'clock

passarono tre ore prima che... — three hours went by before

15) (sopportare)

farne passare di tutti colori a qcn. — to put sb. through the mill

dopo tutto quello che mi hai fatto passare — after all you've put me through

ci siamo passati tutti — we've all gone through it

16) (chiudere un occhio)

lasciare passare — to let it pass

passare sopra a — to overlook, to pass over [comportamento, errore]

passi per i giovani, ma... — that's all right for young people but...

per questa volta passi — I'll let you off o I'll turn a blind eye this time, this time I'll let it go

17) (dimenticare)

mi era completamente passato di mente — it went right o clean o completely out of my mind

18) (essere considerato)

passare per un genio — to pass for a genius

fare passare qcn. per bugiardo — to make sb. out to be a liar

19) (spacciarsi)

facendosi passare per un poliziotto — impersonating a o posing as a policeman

20) (intercorrere) to pass between

che differenza passa tra i due? — what's the difference between the two?
3.
verbo pronominale passarsi

1) (far scivolare) to run*, to draw*

- rsi il pettine tra i capelli — to run a comb through one's hair

- rsi un fazzoletto sulla fronte — to draw a handkerchief across one's forehead

si passò la mano sul viso — he passed his hand over his face

2) (reciprocamente)

- rsi documenti — to exchange documents

- rsi la palla — to throw a ball around

••

passare parola — to spread o pass the word

come te la passi? — how are things, how are you getting along?

passarsela bene — to be well off

passarsela male — to have a hard o bad time, to go through the o jump through hoops

non mi passa più! — there's no end to it!

non la passerai liscia! — you'll never get away with it!

passare a miglior vita — eufem. to pass away
II [pas'sare]
sostantivo maschile passage, passing

con il passare degli anni — with the passing of the years, as years go by

con il passare delle ore — as the day progressed

* * *

passare¹

/pas'sare/ [1]

I verbo transitivo

1 (attraversare) to go* past, to go* across, to get* across, to get* over, to pass, to cross [fiume, ponte]; to go* through, to get* through [ dogana]; passato il semaforo, giri a destra turn right after the lights

2 (infilare) to run*; (trafiggere) to run* through; passare la corda nell'anello to pass o run the rope through the ring

3 (trasferire) to move; passare qcn. a un altro ufficio to move sb. to another office

4 (al telefono) passare una telefonata a qcn. to put a call through to sb.; mi passi il direttore commerciale, per favore give me the sales manager, please; glielo passo I'll put him on, I'm putting you through

5 (porgere) to hand, to pass [ oggetto]; passami il piatto pass me your plate; potete (fare) passare il sale? could you pass the salt along please? passare la palla sport to feed o pass the ball

6 (far scorrere) passare le dita su qcs. to run one's fingers over sth.; passare uno straccio su qcs. to run a duster over sth.

7 (trascorrere) to spend*, to pass; passare una bella giornata to have a nice day; passare la giornata a fare to spend the day doing; passare un brutto momento to have a thin time of it

8 (superare) to pass, to get* through [esame, test]; to live out [ inverno]

9 (approvare) to get* through, to carry, to pass [legge, decreto]

10 (perdonare) non me ne passa una he doesn't let me get away with anything

11 gastr. (con il frullatore) to whizz up; to mash (up), to puree [frutta, verdura]; passare qcs. al tritacarne to put sth. through the mincer

12 (spalmare) to rub [ crema]; passare la cera sul tavolo to wax the table

13 (pagare) passare gli alimenti dir. to pay maintenance

14 rad. telev. passo! over; passo e chiudo! over and out! passiamo ora la linea ai nostri studi di Roma now over to our Rome studios

15 (oltrepassare) passare la cinquantina to be over fifty years old, to be in one's fifties; hai proprio passato il limite! you're way out of line! colloq.

II verbo intransitivo

(aus. essere)

1 (transitare) [persona, veicolo] to pass; riesci a passare? can you fit o get through? passando per o da by way of; passare per il centro della città, davanti alla scuola to go through the town centre, past the school; andare in Polonia passando per la Germania to travel through Germany to Poland; passare per i campi to cut across the fields; l'autobus è appena passato the bus has just gone; passate da quella porta go straight through that door; passare dalla scala di servizio to use the backstairs o service stairs AE

2 (snodarsi) passare per [ strada] to go through; (scorrere) [ acqua] to flow through

3 (andare momentaneamente) to drop in, to drop round, to pop in BE colloq.; passare da to call at [ negozio]; to call (in) on [amico, parente]; to go round to [scuola, ufficio]; devi passare a trovarci you must come by and see us; passare a prendere qcn., qcs. to pick sb., sth. up; passerà oggi he's coming round today; sono solo passata a salutare I've just popped in to say hello

4 (penetrare) to get* through; fare passare to let in [acqua, luce]

5 (svolgersi) passare inosservato to go o pass unnoticed

6 (spostarsi) to go*, to move; passare dalla sala da pranzo in salotto to move from the dining room to the lounge; passare davanti a qcn. in una coda to cut in front of sb. in a queue

7 (pensare) dire quello che passa per la mente to say things off the top of one's head; mi domando cosa le passi per la testa I wonder what's going on in her head; non mi era mai passato per la testa che... it never crossed o entered my mind that...

8 (essere trasferito, trasmesso) [ proprietà] to pass; [ titolo] to pass down; passare alla storia come to go down in history as; passare di padre in figlio, di generazione in generazione to be handed down from father to son, from generation to generation

9 (variare, cambiare) to change; passare dal riscaldamento a gas a quello elettrico to change over from gas to electric heating; passare sotto il controllo dell'ONU to be taken over by the UN; passare al (campo) nemico to desert to the enemy camp, to go over to the enemy

10 fig. (procedere) to go* on, to move on, to pass on; passiamo ad altro let's move on; passare all'offensiva to go on o take the offensive; passare alle vie di fatto to use force, to come to blows

11 (essere approvato) [legge, regolamento] to go* through

12 (essere ammesso) [ candidato] to pass; passare alla classe superiore to go up a class; è passato generale he's been promoted to general

13 (cessare) [crisi, sentimento] to pass; [dolore, effetto] to pass off, to subside; [ temporale] to blow* itself out, to blow* over, to spend* itself, to die out; [amore, rabbia] to die; passerà it'll pass, things will get better; gli passerà he'll get over it; questo mal di testa non vuole passare! this headache just won't go away! mi è passata la voglia di giocare I don't feel like playing any more

14 (trascorrere) [ tempo] to draw* on, to go* (by), to pass; sono appena passate le sei it's just gone six o'clock; passarono tre ore prima che... three hours went by before...

15 (sopportare) farne passare di tutti colori a qcn. to put sb. through the mill; dopo tutto quello che mi hai fatto passare after all you've put me through; ci siamo passati tutti we've all gone through it

16 (chiudere un occhio) lasciare passare to let it pass; passare sopra a to overlook, to pass over [comportamento, errore]; passi per i giovani, ma... that's all right for young people but...; per questa volta passi I'll let you off o I'll turn a blind eye this time, this time I'll let it go

17 (dimenticare) mi era completamente passato di mente it went right o clean o completely out of my mind

18 (essere considerato) passare per un genio to pass for a genius; fare passare qcn. per bugiardo to make sb. out to be a liar

19 (spacciarsi) facendosi passare per un poliziotto impersonating a o posing as a policeman

20 (intercorrere) to pass between; che differenza passa tra i due? what's the difference between the two?

III passarsi verbo pronominale

1 (far scivolare) to run*, to draw*; - rsi il pettine tra i capelli to run a comb through one's hair; - rsi un fazzoletto sulla fronte to draw a handkerchief across one's forehead; si passò la mano sul viso he passed his hand over his face

2 (reciprocamente) - rsi documenti to exchange documents; - rsi la palla to throw a ball around

IDIOMS

passare parola to spread o pass the word; come te la passi? how are things, how are you getting along? passarsela bene to be well off; passarsela male to have a hard o bad time, to go through the o jump through hoops; non mi passa più! there's no end to it! non la passerai liscia! you'll never get away with it! passare a miglior vita eufem. to pass away.

————————

passare²

/pas'sare/

sostantivo m.

passage, passing; con il passare degli anni with the passing of the years, as years go by; con il passare delle ore as the day progressed.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > passare

9 summum

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > summum

10 Superi

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Superi

11 superus

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > superus

12 suprema

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suprema

13 supremum

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > supremum

14 supremus

sŭpĕrus, a, um (ante-class. collat. form of the nom. sing. sŭpĕr in two passages:
super inferque vicinus,
Cato, R. R. 149, 1:
totus super ignis,
Lucr. 1, 649; gen. plur. in signif. I. B. 1. infra, superum, Verg. A. 1, 4; Ov. M. 1, 251 et saep.), adj. [super].
I.
Posit.
A.
Adj.
1.
In gen., that is above, upper, higher: inferus an superus tibi fert deus funera, Liv. And. ap. Prisc. p. 606 P.:
at ita me di deaeque superi atque inferi et medioxumi,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 36:
omnes di deaeque superi, inferi,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 4, 6:
ad superos deos potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,
Cic. Lael. 3, 12:
limen superum inferumque salve,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1:
portae Phrygiae limen,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 31; 4, 9, 63; Novat. ap. Non. p. 336, 13 (Com. Rel. v. 49 Rib.):
carmine di superi placantur, carmine manes,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 138:
di,
id. C. 1, 1, 30; 4, 7, 18:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
ut omnia supera, infera, prima, ultima, media videremus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 26, 64:
spectatores superarum rerum atque caelestium,
id. N. D. 2, 56, 140:
omnes caelicolas, omnes supera alta tenentes,
Verg. A. 6, 788:
supera ad convexa,
to heaven, id. ib. 6, 241 (Rib. super); 6, 750; 10, 251: cum superum lumen nox intempesta teneret, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, 14 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
lumen,
Lucr. 6, 856: templum superi Jovis, i. e. of the Capitoline Jupiter (opp. Juppiter inferus, i. e. Pluto), Cat. 55, 5; Sen. Herc. Fur. 48:
domus deorum,
Ov. M. 4, 735: mare superum, the upper, i. e. the Adriatic and Ionian Sea (opp. mare inferum, the lower or Etruscan Sea), Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 11; Cic. de Or. 3, 19, 69; id. Att. 9, 3, 1; Liv. 41, 1, 3; Mel. 2, 4, 1; Plin. 3, 5, 10, § 44; Suet. Caes. 34; 44;
so without mare (colloq.): iter ad superum,
Cic. Att. 9, 5, 1.—Adverb.:
de supero, quom huc accesserit,
from above, Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 18; so,
ex supero,
Lucr. 2, 227; 2, 241; 2, 248. —
2.
In partic., upper, i. e. of the upper regions or upper world (opp. the lower regions):
supera de parte,
i. e. of the earth, Lucr. 6, 855:
superas evadere ad auras,
Verg. A. 6, 128:
superum ad lumen ire,
id. ib. 6, 680:
aurae,
Ov. M. 5, 641:
orae,
Verg. A. 2, 91:
limen,
id. ib. 6, 680.—
B.
Substt.
1.
Sŭpĕri, orum, m.
(α).
They who are above (opp. inferi, those in the dungeon), Plaut. Aul. 2, 7, 6:
multum fleti ad superos,
i. e. those living on earth, Verg. A. 6, 481:
(Pompeius) Quam apud superos habuerat magnitudinem, illibatam detulisset ad Inferos,
the inhabitants of the upper world, Vell. 2, 48, 2; cf.:
ut oblitos superum paterere dolores,
Val. Fl. 1, 792: si nunc redire posset ad superos pater, Poet. ap. Charis. 5, p. 252:
epistula ad superos scripta,
i. e. to the survivors, Plin. 2, 109, 112, § 248.—
(β).
(Sc. di.) The gods above, the celestial deities:
quae Superi Manesque dabant,
Verg. A. 10, 34:
aspiciunt Superi mortalia,
Ov. M. 13, 70:
o Superi!
id. ib. 1, 196; 14, 729;
pro Superi,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 59:
terris jactatus et alto Vi Superum,
Verg. A. 1, 4:
illa propago Contemptrix Superum,
Ov. M. 1, 161:
exemplo Superorum,
id. Tr. 4, 4, 19; so,
Superorum,
id. P. 1, 1, 43:
postquam res Asiae Priamique evertere gentem Immeritam visum Superis,
Verg. A. 3, 2:
scilicet is Superis labor est,
id. ib. 4, 379; Hor. C. 1, 6, 16:
superis deorum Gratus et imis,
id. ib. 1, 10, 19:
flectere Superos,
Verg. A. 7, 312:
te per Superos... oro,
id. ib. 2, 141 et saep.—
2.
sŭpĕra, orum, n.
(α).
The heavenly bodies:
Hicetas caelum, solem, lunam, stellas, supera denique omnia stare censet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39, 123; cf.:
cogitantes supera atque caelestia, haec nostra contemnimus,
id. ib. 2, 41, 127: di, quibus est potestas motus superum atque inferum, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 25, 38 (Trag. Rel. v. 163 Vahl.).—
(β).
Higher places (sc. loca):
supera semper petunt,
tend upwards, Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 42:
(Alecto) Cocyti petit sedem, supera ardua relinquens,
the upper world, Verg. A. 7, 562.
II.
Comp.: sŭpĕrĭor, ius.
A.
Lit., of place, higher, upper:
inferiore omni spatio vacuo relicto, superiorem partem collis castris compleverant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 46:
dejectus qui potest esse quisquam, nisi in inferiorem locum de superiore motus?
Cic. Caecin. 18, 50:
in superiore qui habito cenaculo,
Plaut. Am. 3, 1, 3:
tota domus superior vacat,
the upper part of, Cic. Att. 12, 10:
superior accumbere,
Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 42:
de loco superiore dicere,
i. e. from the tribunal, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 102:
agere,
i. e. from the rostra, id. ib. 2, 1, 5, § 14;
and in gen. of the position of the speaker: multos et ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones habitos,
id. Fam. 3, 8, 2:
sive ex inferiore loco sive ex aequo sive ex superiore loquitur,
id. de Or. 3, 6, 23: ex loco superiore in ipsis fluminis ripis praeliabantur, from a height or eminence, Caes. B. G. 2, 23; so,
ex loco superiore,
id. ib. 3, 4:
loca,
id. ib. 1, 10, 4;
3, 3, 2: ex superioribus locis in planitiem descendere,
id. B. C. 3, 98:
qui in superiore acie constiterant,
id. B. G. 1, 24:
ex superiore et ex inferiore scriptura docendum,
i. e. what goes before and after, the context, Cic. Inv. 2, 40, 117; cf.:
posteriori superius non jungitur,
id. Ac. 2, 14, 44.—
B.
Trop.
1.
Of time or order of succession, former, past, previous, preceding:
superiores solis defectiones,
Cic. Rep. 1, 16, 25:
quid proxima, quid superiore nocte egeris,
id. Cat. 1, 1, 1:
refecto ponte, quem superioribus diebus hostes resciderant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 58:
superioribus aestivis,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 46:
superioribus temporibus,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 1:
tempus (opp. posterius),
id. Dom. 37, 99:
tempora (opp. inferiora),
Suet. Claud. 41:
annus,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 18, § 47:
anno superiore,
id. Har. Resp. 8, 15:
superioris anni acta,
Suet. Caes. 23:
in superiore vita,
Cic. Sen. 8, 26: milites superioribus proeliis exercitati, [p. 1811] Caes. B. G. 2, 20:
testimonium conveniens superiori facto,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 53:
superius facinus novo scelere vincere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 116:
superioris more crudelitatis uti,
Nep. Thras. 3, 1:
superius genus,
mentioned previously, Plin. 13, 25, 48, § 146:
nuptiae,
former marriage, Cic. Clu. 6, 15:
vir,
first husband, id. Caecin. 6, 17.—
b.
Esp., of age, time of life, etc., older, elder, senior, more advanced, former:
omnis juventus omnesque superioris aetatis,
Caes. B. C. 2, 5:
aetate superiores,
Varr. R. R. 2, 10, 1:
superior Africanus,
the Elder, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 10, § 25; id. Off. 1, 33, 121:
Dionysius,
id. ib. 2, 7, 25; Nep. Dion, 1, 1; cf.:
quid est aetas hominis, nisi memoria rerum veterum cum superiorum aetate contexitur,
Cic. Or. 34, 120.—
2.
Of strength or success in battle or any contest, victorious, conquering, stronger, superior:
Caesar quod hostes equitatu superiores esse intellegebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 65:
numero superiores,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 12:
hoc ipso fiunt superiores, quod nullum acceperant detrimentum,
id. ib. 8, 19:
se quo impudentius egerit, hoc superiorem discessurum,
Cic. Caecin. 1, 2:
semper discessit superior,
Nep. Hann. 1, 2:
si primo proelio Catilina superior discessisset,
Sall. C. 39, 4:
ut nostri omnibus partibus superiores fuerint,
Caes. B. G. 5, 15:
multo superiores bello esse,
Nep. Alcib. 4, 7:
superiorem Appium in causa fecit,
Liv. 5, 7, 1.—
3.
Of quality, condition, number, etc., higher, more distinguished, greater, superior.
(α).
With abl. respect.:
pecuniis superiores,
Cic. Rep. 2, 34, 59:
loco, fortuna, fama superiores,
id. Lael. 25, 94:
habes neminem honoris gradu superiorem,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
ordine,
id. ib. 13, 5, 2:
facilitate et humanitate superior,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
si superior ceteris rebus esses,
id. Div. in Caecil. 19, 61.—
(β).
Absol.:
ut ii, qui superiores sunt, submittere se debent in amicitia, sic quodam modo inferiores extollere,
Cic. Lael. 20, 72; cf. id. ib. 20, 71:
ut quanto superiores sumus, tanto nos geramus summissius,
id. Off. 1, 26, 90:
invident homines maxime paribus aut inferioribus... sed etiam superioribus invidetur,
id. de Or. 2, 52, 209:
premendoque superiorem sese extollebat,
Liv. 22, 12, 12:
cui omnem honorem, ut superiori habuit,
Vell. 2, 101, 1.
III.
Sup., in three forms, ‡ superrimus, supremus, and summus.
A.
‡ sŭperrĭmus, assumed as orig. form of supremus by Varr. L. L. 7, § 51 Mull.; Charis. p. 130 P.—
B.
sū̆prēmus, a, um, highest, loftiest, topmost.
1.
Lit. (only poet.; cf.
summus, C. 1.): montesque supremos Silvifragis vexat flabris,
the highest points, the tops, summits, Lucr. 1, 274; so,
montes,
Verg. G. 4, 460; Hor. Epod. 17, 68:
rupes,
Sen. Oedip. 95:
arx,
Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 167; cf.:
supremae Tethyos unda,
Mart. Spect. 3, 6.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, extreme, final, = ultimus (class.).
(α).
In gen.: SOL OCCASVS SVPREMA TEMPESTAS ESTO, XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 17, 2, 10.—Hence, as subst.: suprēma, ae, f. (sc. tempestas), the last part of the day, the hour of sunset: suprema summum diei; hoc tempus duodecim Tabulae dicunt occasum esse solis;
sed postea lex praetoria id quoque tempus jubet esse supremum, quo praeco in comitio supremam pronuntiavit populo,
Varr. L. L. 6, § 5 Mull.; cf. Censor. de Die Nat. 24; Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 212:
quae (urbs), quia postrema coaedificata est, Neapolis nominatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
supremo te sole domi manebo,
at sunset, Hor. Ep. 1, 5, 3:
jubare exorto jam nocte suprema, Col. poet. 10, 294: in te suprema salus,
last hope, Verg. A. 12, 653: supremam bellis imposuisse manum, the last or finishing hand, Ov. R. Am. 114. — suprēmum, adverb., for the last time:
quae mihi tunc primum, tunc est conspecta supremum,
Ov. M. 12, 526.—
(β).
In partic., with regard to the close of life, last, closing, dying:
supremo vitae die,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 71; id. Sen. 21, 78; id. Mur. 36, 75:
dies,
id. Phil. 1, 14, 34; Hor. C. 1, 13, 20; id. Ep. 1, 4, 13:
hora,
Tib. 1, 1, 59:
tempus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 98; Cat. 64, 151:
incestum pontifices supremo supplicio sanciunto,
i. e. the penalty of death, Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
mors,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 173:
finis,
id. ib. 2, 1, 12:
iter,
id. C. 2, 17, 11:
lumen,
Verg. A. 6, 735: sociamque tori vocat ore supremo, with his dying mouth, dying breath, Ov. M. 8, 521; so,
ore,
id. Tr. 3, 3, 87:
haec digressu dicta supremo Fundebat,
Verg. A. 8, 583:
Nero in suprema ira duos calices crystallinos fregit,
in his last agony, Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 29;
supremis suis annis,
in his last years, id. 23, 1, 27, § 58:
suprema ejus cura,
id. 7, 45, 46, § 150:
spoliatus illius supremi diei celebritate,
Cic. Mil. 32, 86: honor, the last honors, i. e. funeral rites or ceremonies, Verg. A. 11, 61:
funera,
Ov. M. 3, 137:
oscula,
id. ib. 6, 278:
tori,
i. e. biers, id. F. 6, 668:
ignis,
id. Am. 1, 15, 41:
ignes,
id. M. 2, 620; 13, 583:
officia,
Tac. A. 5, 2; Petr. 112, 1: judicia hominum, a last will or testament, Quint. 6, 3, 92; Plin. Ep. 7, 20, 7; 7, 31, 5; so,
tabulae,
Mart. 5, 33, 1; 5, 41, 1:
tituli,
i. e. an epitaph, id. ib. 9, 19, 3.—So of cities, etc.:
Troiae sorte suprema,
Verg. A. 5, 190:
dies regnis,
Ov. F. 2, 852. — suprēmum and suprēmō, adverb.:
animam sepulcro Condimus, et magna supremum voce ciemus,
for the last time, for a last farewell, Verg. A. 3, 68; Plin. 11, 37, 55, § 150; Tac. H. 4, 14; Ov. M. 12, 526:
anima exitura supremo,
Plin. 11, 53, 115, § 277.— Substt.
1.
sŭprēmum, i, n., the last moment, end (very rare):
ventum ad supremum est,
Verg. A. 12, 803.—
2.
suprēma, orum, n.
(α).
The last moments, the close of life, death:
ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. § 11; Tac. A. 6, 50; 12, 66; cf.:
statua Herculis sentiens suprema tunicae,
the last agonies caused by it, Plin. 34, 8, 19, § 93:
circa suprema Neronis,
the time of his death, id. 16, 44, 86, § 236; 7, 3, 3, § 33.—
(β).
The last honors paid to the dead, funeral rites or ceremonies, a funeral:
supremis divi Augusti,
Plin. 7, 3, 3, § 33; 16, 44, 86, § 236; Tac. A. 1, 61; 3, 49; 4, 44; id. H. 4, 59; 4, 45:
suprema ferre (sc. munera),
Verg. A. 6, 213; cf. id. ib. 11, 25 al.—
(γ).
A last will, testament:
nihil primo senatus die agi passus, nisi de supremis Augusti,
Tac. A. 1, 8:
miles in supremis ordinandis ignarus uxorem esse praegnantem, etc.,
Dig. 29, 1, 36, § 2.—
(δ).
The relics, remains of a burned corpse, the ashes, = reliquiae, Amm. 25, 9, 12; Sol. 1 med. —
b.
Of degree or rank, the highest, greatest, most exalted, supreme:
multa, quae appellatur suprema, instituta in singulos duarum ovium, triginta boum... ultra quam (numerum) multam dicere in singulos jus non est, et propterea suprema appellatur, id est, summa et maxima,
Gell. 11, 1, 2 sq.:
macies,
Verg. A. 3, 590:
Juppiter supreme,
Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 55; id. Capt. 2, 3, 66; 5, 2, 23; id. Ps. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 42: Junonis supremus conjunx, Poet. ap. Plin. 35, 10, 37, § 115:
med antidhac Supremum habuisti com item consiliis tuis,
most intimate, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 15.—
C.
summus, a, um [from sup-imus, sup-mus], uppermost, highest, topmost; the top of, highest part of (cf. Roby, Gram. 2, § 1295).
1.
Lit. (class., while supremus is mostly poet.):
summum oportet olfactare vestimentum muliebre,
the top, outside of, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 56: Galli summa arcis adorti Moenia, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 1, 4 (Ann. v. 169 Vahl.): Thyestes summis saxis fixus, id. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 413 ib.): montibus summis, id. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, 71 Mull. (Epigr. v. 43 ib.):
summum jugum montis,
Caes. B. G. 1, 21:
summus mons,
the top of, id. ib. 1, 22:
feriunt summos fulmina montes,
the mountain tops, Hor. C. 2, 10, 11; cf.: in summo montis vertice, Poet. ap. Quint. 8, 3, 48:
locus castrorum,
Caes. B. G. 2, 23:
in summa sacra via,
on the highest part of, Cic. Planc. 7, 17; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
in summa columna conlocare,
id. Div. 1, 24, 48:
quam (urbem) ad summum theatrum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 53, § 119:
Janus summus ab imo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 54:
ad aquam summam appropinquare,
Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 64: mento summam aquam attingens enectus siti, Poet. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 5, 10:
in aqua summa natare,
the top, surface of, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 33:
apud summum puteum,
id. Mil. 4, 4, 16:
per summa volare aequora,
Verg. A. 5, 819:
summa cacumina linquunt,
id. ib. 6, 678:
mari summo,
id. ib. 1, 110:
prospexi Italiam summa ab unda,
id. ib. 6, 357:
summaque per galeam delibans oscula,
id. ib. 12, 434:
amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit auro,
Nep. Hann. 9, 3: summa procul villarum culmina fumant, Verg. E. 1, 83:
summam cutem novacula decerpito,
Col. 12, 56, 1.—Of position, place, at table:
summus ego (in triclinio) et prope me Viscus Thurinus et infra Varius, etc.,
I was highest, I reclined at the top, Hor. S. 2, 8, 20.—Hence, subst.: summus, i, m., he who sits in the highest place, at the head of the table:
standum est in lecto, si quid de summo petas,
Plaut. Men. 1, 1, 27: is sermo, qui more majorum a summo adhibetur in poculis, by the head of the table, i. e. by the president of the feast, Cic. Sen. 14, 46; so,
a summo dare (bibere),
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; Pers. 5, 1, 19.—
b.
summum, i, n., the top, surface; the highest place, the head of the table, etc.:
ab ejus (frontis) summo, sicut palmae, rami quam late diffunduntur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 26:
qui demersi sunt in aqua... si non longe absunt a summo,
Cic. Fin. 3, 14, 48:
leviter a summo inflexum bacillum,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30:
igitur discubuere... in summo Antonius,
Sall. H. 3, 4 Dietsch:
puteos ac potius fontes habet: sunt enim in summo,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 25:
nuces mersit in vinum et sive in summum redierant, sive subsederant, etc.,
Petr. 137 fin.: oratori summa riguerunt, the extremities of his body, Sen. Ira, 2, 3, 3.—In mal. part.:
summa petere,
Mart. 11, 46, 6; Auct. Priap. 76.—
2.
Transf., of the voice:
jubeo te salvere voce summa,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 30; cf.:
citaret Io Bacche! modo summa Voce, modo, etc.,
at the top of his voice, Hor. S. 1, 3, 7:
vox (opp. ima),
Quint. 11, 3, 15:
summa voce versus multos uno spiritu pronuntiare,
Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261; cf.:
summo haec clamore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 59. —Adverb.: summum, at the utmost or farthest:
exspectabam hodie, aut summum cras,
Cic. Att. 13, 21, 2:
bis, terve summum,
id. Fam. 2, 1, 1:
triduo aut summum quatriduo,
id. Mil. 9, 26; cf. Liv. 21, 35, and 31, 42 Drak.—
2.
Trop.
a.
Of time or order of succession, last, latest, final (rare but class.):
haec est praestituta summa argento dies,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 140; so,
venit summa dies,
Verg. A. 2, 324:
ad summam senectutem jactari, quam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1: vixit ad summam senectutem, to extreme old age, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 401, 31:
cum esset summa senectute,
id. Phil. 8, 10, 31:
in fluvium primi cecidere, in corpora summi,
Luc. 2, 211:
summo carmine,
at the end, Hor. C. 3, 28, 13:
eadem in argumentis ratio est, ut potentissima prima et summa ponantur,
the first and the last, at the beginning and the end, Quint. 6, 4, 22; cf. neutr. absol.: Celsus putat, primo firmum aliquod (argumentum) esse ponendum, summo firmissimum, imbecilliora medio;
quia et initio movendus sit judex et summo impellendus,
at the last, at the close, id. 7, 1, 10.— Adverb.: summum, for the last time:
nunc ego te infelix summum teneoque tuorque,
Albin. 1, 137. —
b.
Of rank, etc., highest, greatest, first, supreme, best, utmost, extreme; most distinguished, excellent, or noble; most important, weighty, or critical, etc. (so most freq. in prose and poetry): summa nituntur vi, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 168 Vahl.): bellum gerentes summum summa industria, id. ap. Non. p. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 104 ib.):
summi puerorum amores,
Cic. Lael. 10, 33:
spes civium,
id. ib. 3, 11:
fides, constantia justitiaque,
id. ib. 7, 25: in amore summo summaque inopia, Caec. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 72:
qui in virtute summum bonum ponunt,
id. ib. 6, 20:
non agam summo jure tecum,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4:
tres fratres summo loco nati,
id. Fam. 2, 18, 2:
qui summo magistratui praeerat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 16:
concedunt in uno Cn. Pompeio summa esse omnia,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 51:
quae (vitia) summo opere vitare oportebit,
id. Inv. 1, 18, 26:
turpitudo,
id. Lael. 17, 61:
summum in cruciatum se venire,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:
scelus,
Sall. C. 12, 5:
hiems,
the depth of winter, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86; id. Fam. 13, 60, 2:
cum aestas summa esse coeperat,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 12, § 29; 2, 5, 31, § 80:
ut summi virtute et animo praeessent imbecillioribus,
id. Rep. 1, 34, 51:
summi ex Graecia sapientissimique homines,
id. ib. 1, 22, 36; cf.:
summi homines ac summis ingeniis praediti,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 6:
optimi et summi viri diligentia,
id. Rep. 1, 35, 54: cum par habetur honos summis et infimis [p. 1812] id. ib. 1, 34, 53: He. Quo honore'st illic? Ph. Summo atque ab summis viris, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 29:
summus Juppiter,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 40:
ubi summus imperator non adest ad exercitum,
id. Am. 1, 2, 6:
miles summi inperatoris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28: deum qui non summum putet (amorem), Caecil. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 32, 68:
amicus summus,
the best friend, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8 (9), 60; 1, 1, 1; id. And. 5, 6, 6; cf. absol.:
nam is nostro Simulo fuit summus,
id. Ad. 3, 2, 54; so id. Eun. 2, 2, 40.— Poet. in neutr. plur.:
summa ducum Atrides,
the chief, Ov. Am. 1, 9, 37; cf. Lucr. 1, 86:
summo rei publicae tempore,
at a most important period, most critical juncture, Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 46:
in summo et periculosissimo rei publicae tempore,
id. Fl. 3, 6; cf.:
summa salus rei publicae,
id. Cat. 1, 5, 11: quod summa res publica in hujus periculo tentatur, the highest welfare of the State, the common welfare, the good of the State, the whole State or commonwealth, id. Rosc. Am. 51, 148; so,
res publica,
id. Planc. 27, 66; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28; id. Cat. 1, 6, 14; 3, 6, 13; id. Inv. 1, 16, 23; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 2:
ad summam rem publicam,
Liv. 33, 45, 4 al.:
quo res summa loco, Panthu?
the general cause, Verg. A. 2, 322: mene igitur socium summis adjungere rebus, Nise, fugis? in these enterprises of highest moment, etc., id. ib. 9, 199; esp.: summum jus, a right pushed to an extreme:
non agam summo jure tecum,
deal exactingly, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 4; cf.: exsistunt etiam saepe injuriae calumnia quadam et nimis callida juris interpretatione;
ex quo illud summum jus summa injuria factum est, jam tritum sermone proverbium,
id. Off. 1, 10, 33. — Hence, summē, adv., in the highest degree, most highly or greatly, extremely:
quod me sollicitare summe solet,
Cic. de Or. 2, 72, 295:
cupere aliquid,
id. Quint. 21, 69; Caes. B. C. 3, 15:
contendere,
Cic. Quint. 24, 77: studere, Mat. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 2:
diffidere,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 2:
admirari,
Quint. 10, 1, 70:
summe jucundum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 18, 2:
officiosi,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
summe disertus vir,
Quint. 12, 1, 23:
summe munitus locus,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 31:
summe haec omnia mihi videntur esse laudanda,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57:
mei summe observantissimus,
Plin. Ep. 10, 26 (11), 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > supremus

15 gut

n; -(e)s, Güter

1. (Besitz) property; Güter goods, products; EISENB. freight Sg.; (Vermögensstücke) assets; (un) bewegliche Güter (im)movables; das höchste Gut the greatest good; irdische Güter worldly goods; unrecht Gut gedeihet nicht Sprichw. etwa honesty is the best policy (cheaters never prosper); Hab

2. (Landgut) estate, farm

* * *

das Gut

possession; manor; ranch; estate

* * *
[guːt]
nt -(e)s, ordm;er
['gyːtɐ]
1) (= Eigentum) property; (lit, fig = Besitztum) possession

irdische Güter — worldly goods

geistige Güter —

nicht um alle Güter der Welt (geh) — not for all the world

bewegliche Güter — movables

unbewegliche Güter — immovables

2) no pl (= das Gute) good, Good

Gút und Böse — good and evil, Good and Evil

das höchste Gút (Philos) — the greatest good

3) (= Ware, Frachtgut) item

Güter — goods

4) no pl dated = Material) material (to be treated)

5) (= Landgut) estate

6) no pl (NAUT) rigging, gear

laufendes/stehendes Gút — running/standing rigging or gear

* * *

1) (well; healthy: I was ill yesterday but I am feeling fine today!) fine

2) (perfectly satisfactory: There's nothing wrong with your work - it's fine.) fine

3) (well-behaved; not causing trouble etc: Be good!; She's a good baby.) good

4) (correct, desirable etc: She was a good wife; good manners; good English.) good

5) (of high quality: good food/literature; His singing is very good.) good

6) (kind: You've been very good to him; a good father.) good

7) (helpful; beneficial: Exercise is good for you.; Cheese is good for you.) good

8) (pleased, happy etc: I'm in a good mood today.) good

9) (pleasant; enjoyable: to read a good book; Ice-cream is good to eat.) good

10) (sound, fit: good health; good eyesight; a car in good condition.) good

11) (sensible: Can you think of one good reason for doing that?) good

12) (showing approval: We've had very good reports about you.) good

13) (healthy or in a positive mood: I don't feel very good this morning.) good

14) (that's good!) good show!

15) (I understand; I'll do what you say etc: `I want you to type some letters for me.' `Right, I'll do them now.') right

16) (in a good, correct, successful, suitable etc way: He's done well to become a millionaire at thirty; She plays the piano well; Mother and baby are both doing well; How well did he do in the exam?) well

17) (with approval or praise: He speaks well of you.) well

18) (used (with eg damn, jolly etc) for emphasis: You can jolly well do it yourself!) well

* * *

Gut

<-[e]s, Güter>

[ˈgu:t, pl ˈgy:tɐ]

nt

1. (Landgut) estate

2. (Ware) commodity

▪ Güter (Frachtgut) goods npl

bewegliche/unbewegliche Güter JUR movables npl/immovables npl

geistige Güter intellectual wealth no pl, no indef art

irdische Güter (geh) worldly goods npl

kurzlebige [o leicht verderbliche] Güter HANDEL perishables, perishable goods

3. kein pl (das Gute) good no pl, no indef art

\Gut und Böse good and evil

4.

▶ jenseits von \Gut und Böse sein (iron) to be past it fam

* * *

das; Gut[e]s, Güter

1) (Eigentum) property; (Besitztum, auch fig.) possession

irdische Güter — earthly goods or possessions

unrecht Gut gedeihet nicht — (Spr.) ill-gotten goods or gains never or seldom prosper

2) (landwirtschaftlicher Grundbesitz) estate

3) (FrachtGut, Ware) item

Güter — goods; (FrachtGut) freight sing.; goods (Brit.)

4) (das Gute)

Gut und Böse — good and evil

jenseits von Gut und Böse sein — (iron.) be past it (coll.)

* * *

gut; besser, am besten

A. adj

1. good; Wetter: auch fine; Qualität, Wein etc: auch fine; Stoff: auch good-quality;

sehr gut! very good!;

gut so! good!, well done!;

gut finden like;

gutes Geschäft für Verkäufer: good business; für Käufer: bargain;

aus guter Familie stammen come from a good family;

ein gutes Ende nehmen turn out well ( oder all right);

sie spricht (ein) gutes Englisch she speaks good English, she speaks English well;

er ist ein guter Läufer he’s a good runner, he’s good at running;

er ist kein besonders guter Tänzer he’s not much of a dancer

2. (akzeptabel, in Ordnung) good, all right, okay umg; (richtig) right; (angebracht) fit, proper;

für gut befinden think sth to be good ( oder a good thing);

gut und richtig sein be right and proper;

das ist ja gut und schön, aber … that’s all very well, but…;

noch gut sein be still good; Kleidung: auch be still wearable; Nahrung: auch be still fit to eat;

nicht mehr gut sein Lebensmittel: have gone off (besonders US bad); Milch: have gone off ( oder sour), have turned sour;

ganz gut (recht gut) not bad;

das ist ganz oder

auch gut so that’s all right;

(wieder) gut werden (heilen) get better; (in Ordnung kommen, gelingen) turn out all right oder well;

es wird schon wieder gut it’ll all work out in the end;

er hielt es für gut zu schweigen he thought it better ( oder wise) to say nothing

3. (körperlich wohl) well;

mir ist nicht gut oder

ich fühle mich nicht gut I don’t feel well;

ist dir jetzt wieder gut? are you better now?;

ist dir nicht gut? don’t you feel well?; (du bist wohl verrückt!) are you sure you’re all right?

4. meist gesprochen:

(wie) gut, dass oder

es ist ganz gut, dass … it’s a good thing that …;

(es ist) nur gut, dass … a good thing (that) …;

also oder

nun gut! all right (then)!;

schon gut! all right!; auf Entschuldigung: auch it’s no problem; verärgert, nachgebend: auch okay, okay; (es genügt) auch that’ll do; (lass nur) auch just leave it;

jetzt ist es aber gut oder

und damit gut! umg that’ll do!;

lass (es) gut sein (für dieses Mal) let’s leave it at that (for now);

so was ist immer gut umg that’s always useful

5. (für besondere Anlässe) Anzug, Geschirr etc: good, best;

die gute Stube the best room

6. (wirksam) Mittel etc: good (

für, gegen for);

wofür oder

wozu soll das gut sein? what’s that for (umg in aid of)?

7. (brav, edel, freundlich etc) good;

gut zu jemandem sein be good to sb;

ein gutes Herz haben fig have a good heart;

gegen die guten Sitten verstoßen offend against good manners;

eine gute Tat a good deed;

mit etwas gutem Willen with a bit of good will;

(bitte) sei so gut und … do me a favo(u)r and …, will you?;

wärst du bitte mal so gut, mir zu helfen? would you be so kind ( oder good) as to help me?;

bist du mir wieder gut? (are we) friends again?;

sie ist viel zu gut (für diese Welt/für ihn) she is much too good (for this world/for him);

dafür ist er sich zu gut he thinks he’s above that sort of thing, he thinks it would be beneath him ( oder his dignity);

jetzt kommst du dir wohl gut vor? ärgerlich: I suppose you think you’re so good ( oder clever);

du bist (vielleicht) gut! iron I like that!; (das soll wohl ein Witz sein) you must be joking!;

Gut und Böse unterscheiden können be able to tell right from wrong; → jenseits

8. Schulnote: good;

sehr gut very good

9. in Grüßen, Wünschen: good;

guten Abend! good evening;

guten Tag! good day (bzw afternoon);

gutes neues Jahr! happy new year!;

auf gute Nachbarschaft! here’s to good neighbourliness (US neighbors)!; → Appetit, Besserung, Fahrt etc

10. in Anreden: good;

guter Freund my dear fellow;

so geht das aber nicht, gute Frau obs that’s not the right way to go about it, dear lady

11. (Ggs knapp) Meter, Pfund, Stunde etc: good;

ein gut(er) Teil a good part;

das hat noch gute Weile there’s still plenty of time for that;

ich war schon ein gutes Stück gegangen/noch ein gutes Stück entfernt I had already walked a good distance/was still a good way away

12.

so gut wie virtually, practically, as good as;

so gut wie unmöglich virtually impossible;

der Prozess ist

so gut wie gewonnen as good as won;

so gut wie fertig virtually ( oder more or less) finished;

so gut wie nichts next to nothing

13.

gut sein für (ausreichen für) be enough for;

sie ist immer für einen Witz gut she’s always good for a laugh

14.

zu guter Letzt finally

B. adv

1. mit Verb; hören, sehen etc: well; riechen, schmecken etc: good;

das fängt ja gut an! that’s a great start;

gut aussehen look good; Person, grundsätzlich: be good-looking; gesundheitlich: look well; → 2;

es gefällt mir gut I like it (very much);

gut gehen (gut verlaufen) go well, turn out all right;

das konnte nicht gut gehen it was bound to go wrong;

das kann ja nicht gut gehen! there’s no way it’s going to work;

wenn das nur gut geht! well, let’s just hope for the best;

das ist noch einmal gut gegangen that was close ( oder a close thing), talk about lucky umg;

mir geht’s gut I’m fine; geschäftlich etc: I’m doing fine;

es sich (dat)

gut gehen lassen have a good time, enjoy o.s.; → 2;

dort hatte er es gut he was doing all right (for himself) there;

du hast’s gut! it’s all right for some, you don’t know how lucky you are;

da kennt sie sich gut aus she knows all about that; in einem Ort: she really knows her way around there;

etwas gut können be good at sth;

sie spielt gut Golf she’s good at golf;

es mit jemandem gut meinen have sb’s interests at heart, mean well by sb;

er täte gut daran zu gehen it would be a good idea if he went; → guttun

2. mit Partizip oder adj:

gut aussehend good-looking, attractive;

gut besetzt Stück: well-cast; Haus: full;

gut besucht Vorstellung etc: well-attended;

gut betucht umg well-heeled;

gut bezahlt oder

dotiert well-paid;

gut erhalten in good condition; von alten Dingen: well-preserved;

gut geartet good-natured;

gut gebaut Haus: well-made; Person: well-built;

gut gefedert Auto etc: well-sprung;

gut gehend Geschäft etc: flourishing, thriving; Ware: popular, … that is selling well;

gut gelaunt in a good mood;

gut gemeint well-meant;

gut gepflegt well-looked-after, US auch well taken care of;

gut situiert well-off, well-to-do, moneyed;

ein gut sitzender Anzug a well-fitting suit, a suit that fits properly;

wie aus gut unterrichteten Kreisen verlautet according to well-informed sources;

er ist ein gut verdienender Mann he earns a good ( oder decent) salary;

gut verträglich Medikament etc: … with no side effects, mild-acting; (hautverträglich) gentle, gentle-action …; (allergiegetestet) hypoallergenic

3. (leicht, mühelos) easily;

nicht gut (eigentlich nicht) not … very well;

das Auto fährt sich gut the car is easy to drive;

das Buch liest sich gut the book is a good read;

du hast gut reden/lachen you can talk/laugh ( oder you may well laugh);

hinterher kann man immer gut reden it’s easy with hindsight, hindsight is always 20/20;

das kann gut sein oder

es ist gut möglich that’s quite possible, that may well be;

ich kann ihn nicht gut darum bitten I can’t very well ( oder can’t really) ask him;

so weit, so gut so far so good

4.

gut (und gern) (mindestens) at least, easily;

gut ein Drittel/die Hälfte at least a third/half;

er ist gut zwei Meter groß he’s a good two metres (US -ers) tall; → besser, best…, Gute¹, zugutehalten

…gut im subst, nur sg material;

Dreschgut corn (US grain) for threshing;

Einmachgut fruit (bzw vegetables) for preserving, US canning fruit etc;

Schmelzgut material for melting ( oder smelting);

Versandgut goods for dispatch

* * *

das; Gut[e]s, Güter

1) (Eigentum) property; (Besitztum, auch fig.) possession

irdische Güter — earthly goods or possessions

unrecht Gut gedeihet nicht — (Spr.) ill-gotten goods or gains never or seldom prosper

2) (landwirtschaftlicher Grundbesitz) estate

3) (FrachtGut, Ware) item

Güter — goods; (FrachtGut) freight sing.; goods (Brit.)

4) (das Gute)

Gut und Böse — good and evil

jenseits von Gut und Böse sein — (iron.) be past it (coll.)

* * *

¨-er n.

(Land (<¨-er>))

= estate n. ¨-er n.

good n.

property n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > gut

16 Gama, Vasco da

(1468?-1524)

   Navigator, conqueror, and fleet commander of the Portuguese ships that discovered the sea route to India in 1497-98. Born in Sines and trained in navigation, Vasco da Gama was named commander of four—by today's standards very small—vessels, which left the Tagus from Belém on 8 July 1497. The fleet sailed via the Cape Verde Islands down the African coast and passed the Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, on 18 November 1497. After cruising up the coast of East Africa, Vasco da Gama's ships reached Mombasa and then Melinde, where a friendly sultan permitted an Indian Ocean pilot to assist da Gama in the voyage east to the west coast of what became Portuguese India. The Portuguese reached Calicut, India, on 18 May 1498. Vasco da Gama's missions were to discover the route to India, tap into the spice markets of Asia, and contact and make treaties with Christian rulers there.

   Perhaps the greatest of Portugal's discoverers and sea explorers, da Gama accomplished these missions, although liaison with Christian princes proved illusory; Portugal broke the spice monopoly of the Venetian-Asian system and began the process of prying open Asia to Western trade, conquest, and empire.

   The first of da Gama's ships returned to Lisbon in July 1499, and da Gama himself returned later in the summer. In the age of exploration, in a different league even than Christopher Columbus's first voyage to the West Indies, da Gama's feat stands unequaled: the distance from Portugal to India by the most direct route around the Cape of Good Hope was 16,000 kilometers (10,000 miles) by sea under severe conditions typical of the age of sail. The entire round trip took two years, and out of about 170 crew members only 55 returned to Lisbon. King Manuel I showered the navigator-commander with honors. Da Gama made another voyage to Calicut (1502-04) and died in government service in India in 1524. Along with other famous navigator-conquerors of the Age of Discoveries, as well as the national epic poet Luís de Camões, Vasco da Gama is buried in the Jerônimos Monastery.

    See also Commemorations, Portuguese historic.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Gama, Vasco da

17 dernier

dernier, -ière [dεʀnje, jεʀ]

1. adjective

   a. (dans le temps, dans une hiérarchie) last

• arriver dernier to come in last

• être reçu dernier (élève) to come last (à in)

• le dernier détenteur du record était américain the last record holder was American

• le mois dernier last month

• samedi dernier last Saturday

• son dernier roman his last novel

• ces derniers jours over the last few days

• ces derniers incidents these latest incidents

• jusqu'à mon dernier jour until the day I die

• après un dernier regard/effort after one last look/effort

• c'est du dernier chic it's the last word in elegance

   b. ( = le plus haut, le plus bas, le plus lointain) le dernier étage the top floor

• le dernier rang the back row

• la dernière marche de l'escalier (en bas) the bottom step ; (en haut) the top step

• le dernier mouchoir de la pile (dessus) the top handkerchief in the pile ; (dessous) the bottom handkerchief in the pile

• en dernière page (Press) on the back page

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Notez l'ordre des mots lorsque last est employé avec un nombre.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• les cent dernières pages the last hundred pages

• les trois derniers jours the last three days

2. masculine noun, feminine noun

last

• sortir le dernier to leave last

• les derniers arrivés n'auront rien the last ones to arrive will get nothing

• dernier entré, premier sorti last in, first out

• son (petit) dernier her youngest child

• il est le dernier de sa classe he's at the bottom of the class

• ils ont été tués jusqu'au dernier every last one of them was killed

• le dernier des imbéciles (pejorative) an absolute imbecile

► ce dernier, cette dernière the latter

• Luc, Marc et Jean étaient là et ce dernier a dit que... Luc, Marc and Jean were there, and Jean said that...

• Paul, Pierre et Maud sont venus ; cette dernière... Paul, Pierre and Maud came; she...

3. masculine noun

( = dernier étage) top floor

► en dernier last

4. feminine noun

dernière

   a. (Theatre) last performance

   b. ( = nouvelle) (inf) vous connaissez la dernière ? have you heard the latest?

* * *

1.

- ière dɛʀnje, ɛʀ adjectif

1) ( qui termine une série) gén last; [étage, étagère] top

arriver dernier — ( dans une course) to come last

être bon dernier — to come well and truly last

un dernier mot avant que vous ne partiez — a final word before you go

la dissertation est pour le 20 juin dernier délai — the deadline for this essay is 20 June

de la dernière chance — final

2) ( précédent) last

l'an dernier — last year

3) ( le plus récent) [roman, nouvelles] latest

ces dernier temps — recently

4) ( extrême)

le dernier degré de — the height of

être du dernier ridicule — to be utterly ridiculous

c'était la dernière chose à faire — it was the worst possible thing to do

le dernier choix — the poorest quality

2.

nom masculin et féminin

1) ( qui est à la fin) last

les derniers — the last

arriver le dernier — to arrive last

tu es toujours le dernier — you are always last

c'est le dernier qui me reste — it's my last one

le dernier qui — ( personne) the last person who

c'est bien le dernier de mes soucis — that is the least of my worries

être le dernier de la classe — to be bottom of the class

le petit dernier — the youngest child

est-ce votre dernier? — is that your youngest?

ce dernier, ces derniers — ( de plusieurs) the latter

dans ce dernier cas — in the latter case

2) ( le pire)

c'est le dernier des imbéciles or idiots — he's a complete idiot

le dernier des derniers — the lowest of the low

3.

en dernier locution adverbiale last

Phrasal Verbs:

- dernier cri

- dernière demeure

- dernières volontés

* * *
dɛʀnje, jɛʀ (-ière)
1. adj

1) (dans l'espace) last

C'est la dernière maison, après la poste. — It's the last house, after the post office.

le dernier étage — the top floor

Il est arrivé dernier. — He arrived last.

2) (dans le temps, une liste) last

la dernière fois — the last time

la dernière fois que... — last time..., last time that...

lundi dernier — last Monday

le mois dernier — last month

3) (= le plus récent) latest

le dernier film de Spielberg — Spielberg's latest film

4) (= ultime) (effort) final

Allez, un dernier effort! — Go on, one final effort!

c'est mon dernier mot — that's my last word

5) (dans une hiérarchie) (le plus élevé) top, highest, (le moins élevé) lowest, bottom

avec l'espoir de parvenir un jour au dernier échelon — with the hope of one day reaching the top rung

relégué au dernier rang — relegated to the lowest position

6) (avec valeur intensive: meilleur)

du dernier chic — extremely smart

du dernier confort — the ultimate in comfort

Le racisme sera combattu avec la dernière énergie. — We will fight racism with all our strength.

7) (avec valeur intensive: pire) worst

C'est du dernier mauvais goût. — It's in the worst possible taste.

8) (autres locutions)

le dernier cri — the last word, the last word in fashion

les derniers honneurs — the last tribute

rendre le dernier soupir — to breathe one's last

2. nm/f

1) [course] last

le dernier de la classe — the bottom of the class

2) (de la famille) youngest

Je vous présente le petit dernier. — This is my youngest.

3) (en se référant à un antécédent)

ce dernier, cette dernière — the latter

3. nm

en dernier — last

Ajoutez le lait en dernier. — Put the milk in last.

* * *

dernier, - ière

A adj

1 ( qui termine une série) [coureur, jour, paragraphe, bâtiment] last; [étage, étagère] top; ce fut son dernier roman it was his/her last novel; faire un dernier effort to make one last effort; la dernière édition de la journée Presse the last edition of the day; la dernière édition date de 1920 the last edition came out in 1920; dernière chance last chance; dernière fois last time; décision de dernière minute or heure last-minute decision; attendre la dernière minute or le dernier moment pour faire to wait until the last minute to do; arriver dernier ( dans une course) to come last; arriver bon dernier to come in last a long way behind; être bon dernier to come well and truly last; être classé or placé dernier ( dans une course) to be in last place; c'est la toute dernière maison it's the very last house; un dernier mot avant que vous ne partiez a final word before you go; je voudrais ajouter un dernier mot I'd like to say one more thing; troisième et dernier volume third and final volume; je les veux jeudi dernier délai I want them by Thursday at the latest; la dissertation est pour le 20 juin dernier délai the deadline for this essay is 20 June; de la dernière chance final;

2 ( précédent) last; l'an dernier last year; jeudi dernier last Thursday; la nuit dernière last night; au siècle dernier in the 19th century; Noël dernier last Christmas; les dernières 24 heures ont été éprouvantes the last 24 hours have been terrible ou awful; pendant la dernière guerre during the last war; son dernier livre his/her last book; la dernière édition datait de 1910 the last edition came out in 1910;

3 ( le plus récent) [roman, album, production, nouvelles] latest; mon dernier roman paraîtra demain my latest novel will come out tomorrow; notre dernier modèle our latest model; notre dernière création our latest creation; les dernières exigences des ravisseurs the kidnappers'^GB latest demands; nouvelles de dernière heure latest news; aux dernières nouvelles on apprenait que the latest news was that; ces dernier temps recently; ces derniers temps il n'a pas fait beau the weather hasn't been very good recently ou lately;

4 ( extrême) le dernier degré de the height of; c'est ridicule au dernier degré or point it's utterly ou absolutely ridiculous; être du dernier ridicule to be utterly ou absolutely ridiculous; c'est de la dernière impolitesse it's the height of rudeness; c'était la dernière chose à faire it was the worst possible thing to do; c'est bien la dernière personne à qui je ferais des confidences he/she really is the last person I would confide in; c'est bien la dernière personne que j'aurais choisie he/she really is the last person I would have chosen; le dernier choix the poorest quality; c'est la dernière fois que je viens ici that's the last time I come here; les trois derniers jours the last three days.

B nmf

1 ( qui est à la fin) last; les derniers the last; arriver le dernier to arrive last; le dernier arrivé the last to arrive; le dernier arrivé offre une bouteille de champagne the last one there has to buy a bottle of champagne; tu es toujours le dernier you are always last; c'est le dernier qui me reste it's my last one; ce fut le dernier des rois de France he was the last of the kings of France; le dernier qui the last person who; ce sont les derniers à pouvoir faire they are the last people who could do; les premiers seront les derniers Bible the first shall be last; c'est bien le dernier de mes soucis that really is the least of my worries; être le dernier de la classe to be bottom of the class; être le dernier de la liste to be bottom of the list; si tu cherches ton nom dans la liste, c'est le dernier if you're looking for your name in the list, it's at the bottom; la dernière des guerres the war to end all wars; le petit dernier the youngest child; est-ce votre dernier? is that your youngest?; ce dernier, ces derniers ( de plusieurs) the latter; c'était un fidèle de Grovagnard, et il devint chef du parti à la mort de ce dernier he was a follower of Grovagnard, and became party leader when he died; elle est venue avec son mari, ce dernier me semblait d'ailleurs pas très à l'aise she came with her husband, who actually didn't seem very comfortable; elle est venue avec Pierre et Anne, cette dernière étant seule ce soir là she came with Pierre and Anne, the latter of whom happened to be alone that evening; dans ce dernier cas in the latter case;

2 ( le pire) c'est le dernier des imbéciles or idiots he's a complete idiot; c'est le dernier des lâches he's a complete and utter coward; le dernier des ignorants or imbéciles sait cela any fool knows that; le dernier des derniers the lowest of the low.

C en dernier loc adv last; je m'en occuperai en dernier I'll deal with that last; j'irai chez eux en dernier I'll go to them last.

D dernière nf

1 (histoire, nouvelle) la dernière the latest; connaissez-vous la dernière? have you heard the latest?;

2 ( d'un spectacle) last performance.

Composés

dernier cri latest fashion; dernière demeure final resting place; conduire/accompagner qn à sa dernière demeure to take/to accompany sb to his/her final resting place; dernières volontés final ou dying wish.

Idiome

(en) être à sa dernière heure to be on one's deathbed.

( féminin dernière) [dɛrnje, dɛrnjɛr] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou 'h' muet [dɛrnjɛr]) adjectif

A.[DANS LE TEMPS]

1. (avant le nom) [qui vient après tous les autres - avion, bus, personne] last ; [ - détail, préparatif] final

un dernier mot/point! one final word/point!

il vient de terminer ses derniers examens [en fin de cycle d'études] he's just taken his final exams ou finals

le dernier enchérisseur the highest bidder

un Warhol dernière période a late Warhol

les dernières années de sa vie the last years of his life

jusqu'à son dernier jour to his dying day, until the day he died

ce furent ses dernières paroles these were his dying ou last words

ses dernières volontés his last wishes

dernier arrivant ou arrivé ou venu latecomer

sa dernière demeure her final resting place

la dernière édition the late edition

la dernière séance the last ou late performance

avoir le dernier mot: il faut toujours qu'il ait le dernier mot he always has to have the last word

rendre les derniers devoirs ou honneurs ou un dernier hommage à quelqu'un to pay a final tribute ou one's last respects to somebody

2. (avant le nom) [arrêté, ultime] final

c'est mon dernier prix

a. [vendeur] it's the lowest I'll go

b. [acheteur] that's my final offer

dans un dernier sursaut de rage in a final burst of rage

en dernière analyse in the final ou last analysis, when all's said and done

3. [précédent] last, previous

la nuit dernière last night

la dernière fois, la fois dernière last time

ces dix dernières années these last ten years

4. (avant le nom) [le plus récent] last, latest

achète-moi la dernière biographie de Proust get me the latest biography of Proust

à la dernière minute, à la dernière seconde, au dernier moment: une décision prise à la dernière seconde a last-minute decision

je ferai mes valises au dernier moment I'll pack at the last minute ou possible moment

une nouvelle de dernière minute a late newsflash

on nous apprend/ils apprirent en dernière minute que... we've just heard this minute/at the last minute they heard that...

ces derniers temps lately, of late

les derniers temps de the last stages ou days of, the end of

tu connais la dernière nouvelle? have you heard the latest?

aux dernières nouvelles, le mariage aurait été annulé according to the latest news, the wedding's been cancelled

aux dernières nouvelles, elle était en Alaska she was last heard of in Alaska

de dernière heure [changement] last-minute

B.[DANS L'ESPACE]

1. [du bas - étagère] bottom

les chaussettes sont dans le dernier tiroir the socks are in the bottom drawer

2. [du haut] top

au dernier étage on the top floor

3. [du bout] last

un siège au dernier rang a seat in the back (row)

C.[DANS UN CLASSEMENT, UNE HIÉRARCHIE]

1. [dans une série] last

suite à la dernière page continued on the back page

2. [le plus mauvais] last, bottom

en dernière position in last position, last

le dernier élève de la classe the pupil at the bottom of the class

je suis dernier à l'examen I came last ou bottom (UK) in the exam

arriver bon dernier to come in last

3. [le meilleur] top, highest

le dernier échelon the highest level

D.[EN INTENSIF]

1. (avant le nom) [extrême, sens positif]

de la dernière importance of paramount ou of the utmost importance

du dernier chic extremely smart

atteindre le dernier degré de la perfection to attain the summit of perfection

2. (avant le nom) [extrême, sens négatif]

un acte de la dernière lâcheté the most cowardly of acts

traiter quelqu'un avec le dernier mépris to treat somebody with the greatest contempt

c'est de la dernière effronterie/impolitesse it's extremely cheeky/rude

du dernier mauvais goût in appalling bad taste

c'est la dernière chose à faire it's the last thing one should do

il est la dernière personne à qui je penserais he's the last person I'd have thought of!

c'est le dernier métier qu'on puisse imaginer it's the lowest job you could imagine

faire subir les derniers outrages à une femme (euphémisme) to violate a woman

————————

, dernière [dɛrnje, dɛrnjɛr] (devant nom masculin commençant par voyelle ou 'h' muet [dɛrnjɛr]) nom masculin, nom féminin

1. [dans le temps] last ou final one

je suis partie la dernière I left last, I was the last one to leave

je suis arrivé dans les derniers I was among the last ou final ones to arrive

[dans une famille] youngest

le dernier the youngest ou last (boy)

la dernière the youngest ou last (girl)

ses deux derniers his two youngest (children)

le petit dernier the youngest son

la petite dernière the youngest daughter

2. [dans l'espace - celui du haut] top one ; [ - celui du bas] last ou bottom one ; [ - celui du bout] last one

son dossier est le dernier de la pile her file is at the bottom of the pile

3. [dans une hiérarchie - le pire]

j'étais toujours le dernier en classe I was always (at the) bottom of the class

tu arrives le dernier avec 34 points you come last with 34 points

elle est la dernière à qui je le dirais she's the last person I'd tell

le dernier des derniers (familier) the lowest of the low

tu es le dernier des imbéciles (familier) you're a complete idiot

le dernier des lâches n'aurait pas fait ça even the worst coward wouldn't have done that

je serais vraiment le dernier des idiots! I'd be a complete fool!

c'est le dernier des maris he's a terrible husband

[dans une série] last one

allez, on en prend un dernier! [verre] let's have a last one (for the road)!

ils les ont tués jusqu'au dernier every single one of them was killed

4. [dans une narration]

ce dernier, cette dernière

a. [de deux] the latter

b. [de plusieurs] this last, the last-mentioned

il attendait la réponse de Luc, mais ce dernier se taisait he was waiting for Luc's answer but the latter kept quiet

————————

nom masculin

1. [étage] top floor

2. [dans une charade]

mon dernier est/a... my last is/has...

————————

dernière nom féminin

1. THÉÂTRE last performance

2. (familier) [nouvelle]

tu connais la dernière? have you heard the latest?

————————

au dernier degré locution adverbiale,

au dernier point locution adverbiale

extremely, to the highest ou last degree

j'étais excédé au dernier point I was utterly furious

c'est un alcoolique au dernier degré he's a complete alcoholic

drogué au dernier degré drugged to the eyeballs

————————

au dernier degré de locution prépositionnelle

in the utmost

au dernier degré du désespoir in the depths of despair

————————

dernier délai locution adverbiale

at the latest

————————

en dernier locution adverbiale

last

entrer en dernier to go in last, to be the last one to go in

son nom a été mentionné en dernier his name was mentioned last ou was the last one to be mentioned

ajoute le sel en dernier add the salt last ou at the end

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > dernier

18 ὄνομα

ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).

① proper name of an entity, name

ⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)

ⓑ used w. verbs

α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.

β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to

ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.

ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.³ 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III⁴ 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus

α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).

β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.

γ. used w. prepositions

א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.

ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.

ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.

ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.

ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.

ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).

ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.

ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.

δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.

② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.

③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).

④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).

⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

19 son

m.

1 sound (sonido).

bailar al son que le tocan (figurative) to toe the line

2 Cuban song and dance of African origin.

3 melody.

pres.indicat.

3^rd person plural (ellos/ellas) present indicative of spanish verb: ser.

* * *

son

► nombre masculino

1 (sonido) sound

2 figurado (modo) manner, way

■ a mi son my way

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

¿a son de qué? whatever for?, why?

bailar al son que tocan figurado to toe the line

en son de paz in peace

sin ton ni son without rhyme or reason

* * *
I
SM

1) (Mús) (=sonido) sound; (=sonido agradable) pleasant sound

al son de — to the sound of

a los sones de la marcha nupcial — to the strains of the wedding march

2) (=rumor) rumour, rumor (EEUU)

corre el son de que... — there is a rumour o (EEUU) rumor going round that...

3) (=estilo) manner, style

¿a qué son?, ¿a son de qué? — why on earth?

en son de — as, like

en son de broma — as o for a joke

en son de paz — in peace

en son de guerra — in a warlike fashion

no vienen en son de protesta — they haven't come with the idea of complaining

por este son — in this way

sin son — for no reason at all

4) LAm Afro-Cuban dance and tune

son huasteco — Méx folk song from Veracruz ; ver bailar 1., 1)
II
ver ser

* * *
I
masculino

1)

a) ( sonido) sound

al son del violín — to the strains o to the sound of the violin

bailar al son de la música que me/te/le tocan — to toe the line

b)

en son de: lo dijo en son de burla she said it mockingly o in a mocking tone; venimos en son de paz — we come in peace

2) ( canción latinoamericana) song with a lively, danceable beat
II
see ser

* * *

----

* en son de guerra = on the warpath.

* en son de paz = peacefully.

* hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* lanzarse sin ton ni son = dive + head-first.

* sin to ni son = for no good reason.

* sin ton ni son = for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, without rhyme or reason.

* venir en son de paz = come in + peace.

* * *
I
masculino

1)

a) ( sonido) sound

al son del violín — to the strains o to the sound of the violin

bailar al son de la música que me/te/le tocan — to toe the line

b)

en son de: lo dijo en son de burla she said it mockingly o in a mocking tone; venimos en son de paz — we come in peace

2) ( canción latinoamericana) song with a lively, danceable beat
II
see ser

* * *

* en son de guerra = on the warpath.

* en son de paz = peacefully.

* hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* lanzarse sin ton ni son = dive + head-first.

* sin to ni son = for no good reason.

* sin ton ni son = for no reason, for no specific reason, for no particular reason, without rhyme or reason.

* venir en son de paz = come in + peace.

* * *

son¹

masculine

A

1 (sonido) sound

al son del violín to the strains o to the sound of the violin

bailar al son de la música que me/te/le tocan (literal) to dance to the (sound of the) music; (obedecer) to toe the line

2

en son de: lo dijo en son de burla she said it mockingly o in a mocking way o in a mocking tone

venimos en son de paz we come in peace

venían en son de guerra they were on the warpath

B (canción latinoamericana) song with a lively, danceable beat

son² see

ser¹ (↑ ser (1))

* * *

Del verbo ser: ( conjugate ser)

son es:

3ª persona plural (ellos/ellas/ustedes) presente indicativo

Multiple Entries:
ser
son
ser ( conjugate ser) cópula
1 ( seguido de adjetivos) to be
◊ ser expresses identity or nature as opposed to condition or state, which is normally conveyed by estar. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in estar 1 cópula 1 es bajo/muy callado he's short/very quiet;

es sorda de nacimiento she was born deaf;
es inglés/católico he's English/(a) Catholic;
era cierto it was true;
sé bueno, estate quieto be a good boy and keep still;
que seas muy feliz I hope you'll be very happy;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ siempre le he sido fiel I've always been faithful to her;

ver tb imposible, difícil etc
2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;
◊ el mayor es casado the oldest is married;

es viuda she's a widow;
ver tb estar 1 cópula 2
3 (seguido de nombre, pronombre) to be;
◊ soy abogada I'm a lawyer;

ábreme, soy yo open the door, it's me
4 (con predicado introducido por `de'):
◊ esos zapatos son de plástico those shoes are (made of) plastic;

soy de Córdoba I'm from Cordoba;
es de los vecinos it belongs to the neighbors, it's the neighbors';
no soy de aquí I'm not from around here
5 (hipótesis, futuro):
◊ será un error it must be a mistake;

¿será cierto? can it be true?
verbo intransitivo
1
a) ( existir) to be

b) (liter) ( en cuentos):

◊ érase una vez … once upon a time there was …

2
a) (tener lugar, ocurrir):

◊ la fiesta va a son en su casa the party is going to be (held) at her house;

¿dónde fue el accidente? where did the accident happen?
b) ( en preguntas):

◊ ¿qué habrá sido de él? I wonder what happened to o what became of him;

¿qué es de Marisa? (fam) what's Marisa up to (these days)? (colloq);
¿qué va a ser de nosotros? what will become of us?
3 ( sumar):
◊ ¿cuánto es (todo)? how much is that (altogether)?;

son 3.000 pesos that'll be o that's 3,000 pesos;
somos diez en total there are ten of us altogether
4 (indicando finalidad, adecuación) son para algo to be for sth;
◊ este agua es para beber this water is for drinking

( en locs)
◊ a no ser que (+ subj) unless;

¿cómo es eso? why is that?, how come? (colloq);
como/cuando/donde sea: tengo que conseguir ese trabajo como sea I have to get that job no matter what;
hazlo como sea, pero hazlo do it any way o however you want but get it done;
el lunes o cuando sea next Monday or whenever;
puedo dormir en el sillón o donde sea I can sleep in the armchair or wherever you like o anywhere you like;
de ser así (frml) should this be so o the case (frml);
¡eso es! that's it!, that's right!;
es que …: ¿es que no lo saben? do you mean to say they don't know?;
es que no sé nadar the thing is I can't swim;
lo que sea: cómete una manzana, o lo que sea have an apple or something;
estoy dispuesta a hacer lo que sea I'm prepared to do whatever it takes;
o sea: en febrero, o sea hace un mes in February, that is to say a month ago;
o sea que no te interesa in other words, you're not interested;
o sea que nunca lo descubriste so you never found out;
(ya) sea …, (ya) sea … either …, or …;
sea como sea at all costs;
sea cuando sea whenever it is;
sea donde sea no matter where;
sea quien sea whoever it is;
si no fuera/hubiera sido por … if it wasn't o weren't/hadn't been for …
( en el tiempo) to be;
◊ ¿qué fecha es hoy? what's the date today?, what's today's date;

serían las cuatro cuando llegó it must have been (about) four (o'clock) when she arrived;
ver tb v impers
son v impers to be;
◊ era primavera it was spring(time)

son v aux ( en la voz pasiva) to be;
fue construido en 1900 it was built in 1900
■ sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( ente) being;

◊ son humano/vivo human/living being

b) (individuo, persona):

◊ un son querido a loved one

2 ( naturaleza):
◊ desde lo más profundo de mi son from the bottom of my heart

son sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( sonido) sound;

◊ al son del violín to the strains o to the sound of the violin

b)

◊ en son de: lo dijo en son de burla she said it mockingly;

venimos en son de paz we come in peace
2 ( canción latinoamericana) song with a lively, danceable beat
ser
I sustantivo masculino
1 being: es un ser despreciable, he's despicable
ser humano, human being
ser vivo, living being
2 (esencia) essence: eso forma parte de su ser, that is part of him
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cualidad) to be: eres muy modesto, you are very modest
2 (fecha) to be: hoy es lunes, today is Monday
ya es la una, it's one o'clock
3 (cantidad) eran unos cincuenta, there were about fifty people
(al pagar) ¿cuánto es?, how much is it?
son doscientas, it is two hundred pesetas
Mat dos y tres son cinco, two and three make five
4 (causa) aquella mujer fue su ruina, that woman was his ruin
5 (oficio) to be a(n): Elvira es enfermera, Elvira is a nurse
6 (pertenencia) esto es mío, that's mine
es de Pedro, it is Pedro's
7 (afiliación) to belong: es del partido, he's a member of the party
es un chico del curso superior, he is a boy from the higher year
8 (origen) es de Málaga, she is from Málaga
¿de dónde es esta fruta? where does this fruit come from?
9 (composición, material) to be made of: este jersey no es de lana, this sweater is not (made of) wool
10 ser de, (afinidad, comparación) lo que hizo fue de tontos, what she did was a foolish thing
11 (existir) Madrid ya no es lo que era, Madrid isn't what it used to be
12 (suceder) ¿qué fue de ella?, what became of her?
13 (tener lugar) to be: esta tarde es el entierro, the funeral is this evening 14 ser para, (finalidad) to be for: es para pelar patatas, it's for peeling potatoes
(adecuación, aptitud) no es una película para niños, the film is not suitable for children
esta vida no es para ti, this kind of life is not for you
15 (efecto) era para llorar, it was painful
es (como) para darle una bofetada, it makes me want to slap his face
no es para tomárselo a broma, it is no joke
16 (auxiliar en pasiva) to be: fuimos rescatados por la patrulla de la Cruz Roja, we were rescued by the Red Cross patrol
17 ser de (+ infinitivo) era de esperar que se marchase, it was to be expected that she would leave
♦ Locuciones: a no ser que, unless
como sea, anyhow
de no ser por..., had it not been for
es más, furthermore
es que..., it's just that...
lo que sea, whatever
o sea, that is (to say)
sea como sea, in any case o be that as it may
ser de lo que no hay, to be the limit
son sustantivo masculino
1 (sonido) sound
2 LAm (ritmo cubano) son
♦ Locuciones: bailar al son que le tocan, to toe the line o to do everything one is told to do
hacer algo sin ton ni son, to do sthg any old how
venir en son de paz, to come in peace
' son' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abandonar
- abdicar
- abuelo
- adicta
- adicto
- alma
- amenaza
- ansiedad
- asesinar
- astilla
- bailar
- bicho
- carnal
- coherente
- comestible
- como quiera
- comoquiera
- concluyente
- condición
- conocida
- conocido
- conquista
- consistente
- consuegra
- consuegro
- contaminante
- cosa
- Cristo
- criticón
- criticona
- debilidad
- directoria I
- directorio
- díscola
- díscolo
- discorde
- divertida
- divertido
- doméstica
- doméstico
- dos
- dudosa
- dudoso
- enamorada
- enamorado
- entendida
- entendido
- ser
- escollo
- escorzo
English:
action
- after
- alike
- also
- amount to
- amusement
- and
- antihistamine
- Arabian
- archery
- arrangement
- attention span
- baby-sit
- be
- border
- breeding ground
- butt in
- by
- call
- carefree
- certain
- chance
- check up on
- colour
- come up to
- common
- compare
- conflicting
- construe
- cornerstone
- crepe
- criticize
- danger
- daylight
- diametrically
- differ
- discouraging
- disown
- distracted
- doubtful
- dune
- dutiful
- easy
- enemy
- exact
- exploit
- father
- flamingo
- footnote
- for

* * *

son

♦ ver ser

♦ nm

1. [sonido] sound;

se escuchaba el son de una gaita the sound of bagpipes could be heard;

Comp

bailar al son que tocan: ése baila al son que le tocan los de arriba he does whatever his bosses tell him to do

2. [canción y baile] = Cuban song and dance of African origin

♦ en son de loc prep

lo dijo en son de burla/disculpa she said it as a taunt/by way of an apology;

venir en son de paz to come in peace;

venir en son de guerra to come with warlike intentions

SON

The Cuban music known as son evolved from a fusion of African and Spanish musical influences in the late 19th century, and is the basis of much of today's Caribbean music, such as salsa or mambo. Before the 1920s, when it became widely popular, son was mostly enjoyed by the lower classes and was once even banned for being immoral. A son group usually consists of the “tres” (a double-stringed guitar), bongos, “claves” or “palos” (a pair of sticks which are struck together to give a beat), a normal guitar, a bass guitar and voice, although there are many variations. Among the greatest exponents of son were Benny Moré (1919-63) and Arsenio Rodríguez (1911-72).

* * *

son

I m sound;

al son de to the sound of;

en son de broma jokingly;

en son de paz in peace

II vb → ser

* * *

son ser

son nm

1) : sound

al son de la trompeta: at the sound of the trumpet

2) : news, rumor

3)

en son de : as, in the manner of, by way of

en son de broma: as a joke

en son de paz: in peace

Spanish-English dictionary > son

20 desear

v.

1 to want.

¿qué desea? what can I do for you? (en tienda)

¿desea algo más? would you like anything else?, is that everything? (en tienda)

desearía estar allí I wish I was there

estoy deseando que llegue I can't wait for her to arrive

dejar mucho/no dejar nada que desear to leave much/nothing to be desired

es de desear que las negociaciones terminen pronto a quick end to the negotiations would be desirable

2 to wish.

te deseo mucha suerte I wish you the best of luck

me deseó lo mejor/un buen viaje he wished me all the best/a pleasant journey

3 to desire (sexualmente).

Quiero paz I want peace.

4 to wish to, to ache to, to be longing to, to desire to.

Quiero estudiar I want to study.

* * *

desear

► verbo transitivo

1 (querer) to want

■ deseo que venga I want him to come

2 (anhelar) to long for, wish for, desire; (para alguien) to wish

■ estoy deseando que lleguen las vacaciones de Navidad I can't wait for the Christmas holidays

■ desearía tener un coche I wish I had a car

■ le deseó la mejor suerte she wished him good luck

■ ¿qué desea? can I help you?, what can I do for you?

3 (sexualmente) to desire

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dejar mucho/bastante que desear to leave a lot to be desired

es de desear que it is to be hoped that

* * *

verb

1) to wish

2) want

3) desire

* * *

VT

1) (=anhelar) to want

solo deseo que me dejen en paz — I just want to be left in peace

no deseo que le pase nada malo — I wouldn't want o wish anything bad to happen to him

la vida que tanto había deseado — the life she had wanted so much o longed for

• dejar bastante o mucho que desear — to leave a lot to be desired

• estar deseando algo, estaba deseando conocerte — I've been looking forward to meeting you

estoy deseando que esto termine — I'm really looking forward to this finishing, I can't wait for this to finish

estoy deseando que lleguen las vacaciones — I'm really looking forward to the holidays, I can't wait for o till the holidays

• ser de desear, sería de desear que actualizaran su información — it would be desirable for them to update their information

es de desear que mejoren nuestras relaciones — an improvement in our relations would be desirable

no hemos avanzado tanto como sería de desear — we haven't made as much progress as we would have liked

- no se lo deseo a nadie o ni a mi peor enemigo

2) frm

a) [en peticiones] to wish

desearía ver al director — I would like o I wish to see the manager

el doctor desea hablar un momento con usted — the doctor wishes to speak to you for a moment

todo se hará como tú desees — everything will be done as you wish

b) [en preguntas, sugerencias]

si lo desea se lo podemos enviar por correo — if you wish we can send it by post

¿desearía el señor algún postre? — would Sir like a dessert?, do you wish a dessert?

¿qué desean beber? — what would you like to drink?

¿desea que le hagamos una factura? — do you wish us to make out an invoice?

¿qué desea? — can I help you?

3) [en fórmulas de cortesía] [+ éxito, suerte] to wish

os deseamos una Feliz Navidad — we wish you a Merry Christmas

te deseo la mejor suerte del mundo — I wish you all the luck in the world

le deseamos una pronta recuperación — we wish you a prompt recovery

4) [sexualmente] to want

* * *

verbo transitivo

1) <suerte/éxito> to wish

te deseo un feliz viaje — I hope you have a good trip

les deseamos mucha felicidad — we wish them every happiness

no se lo deseo a nadie — I wouldn't wish that on anybody

2) ( querer)

un embarazo no deseado — an unwanted pregnancy

las tan deseadas vacaciones — the long-awaited holidays

lo que más deseo es... — my greatest wish is...

¿qué desea? — (frml) can I help you?

¿desea el señor algo más? — (frml) would you like anything else, sir?

si así lo desea — if you (so) wish (frml)

desearía una respuesta ahora — I would like a reply now

desear + inf: el director desea verlo (frml) the director wishes to see you (frml); está deseando verte he's really looking forward to seeing you; desear que + subj: ¿desea que se lo envuelva? (frml) would you like me to wrap it for you?; estoy deseando que llegue el verano I can't wait for summer; estaba deseando que le dijeran que no I was really hoping they'd say no to him; sería de desear que nos avisaran pronto — ideally we would like to know as soon as possible; dejar I 1) a)

3) < persona> to desire, want

* * *

= be keen to, desire, long (for), want, wish, reach out for, crave, lust (for/after/over), yearn, crave for, itch for.

Ex. Hosts are less keen to standardise, although the EURONET Common Command Language has been adopted by various hosts, and there is some recognition of the potential benefits to the user of greater standardisation.

Ex. Some types of indexing are appropriate where it is desired to concentrate effort on generating good indexes.

Ex. After you have chosen a story you long to tell, read it over and over and then analyse it.

Ex. On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.

Ex. Step 1 Familiarisation: A searcher must be adequately familiar with that which he wishes to retrieve.

Ex. If people want regimentation which relieves them of responsibility, how then do you explain parents reaching out for control of schools, disdaining the help of experts.

Ex. Mayo maintained that workers are motivated by 'togetherness' and crave individual recognition within the group = Mayo mantenía que los trabajadores se motivan por la solidaridad y anhelan el reconocimiento individual dentro del grupo.

Ex. These two women were Samaria and Jerusalem, lusting after foreigners and foreign ways, and abandoning their god for shallow and ephemeral pleasures.

Ex. Since time immemorial, people have yearned for an immediate way to capture living moments in a picture.

Ex. With all of the things that make up our daily grind, we often find ourselves craving for the next getaway, for the next relaxation period.

Ex. It seems like he's itching for a change but doesn't know exactly the direction or directions to pursue in order to accomplish the change.

----

* dejar bastante que desear = leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar que desear = leave + something + to be desired, leave + a bit to be desired.

* deseando desesperadamente realizarse = crying to come out.

* desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.

* desear ardientemente = gag for.

* desear fuertemente que Algo desaparezca = will + Nombre + away.

* desearle a Alguien que tenga un buen día = bid + Nombre + good day.

* desear mucha suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + the (very) best of luck.

* desear suerte = cross + Posesivo + fingers.

* desear suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + luck.

* desear vivamente = be eager to.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* que desee(n) = of + Posesivo + choice, of + Posesivo + choosing.

* según se desee = at will.

* si así lo desean = should they so wish.

* sin desearlo = unwantedly.

* * *

verbo transitivo

1) <suerte/éxito> to wish

te deseo un feliz viaje — I hope you have a good trip

les deseamos mucha felicidad — we wish them every happiness

no se lo deseo a nadie — I wouldn't wish that on anybody

2) ( querer)

un embarazo no deseado — an unwanted pregnancy

las tan deseadas vacaciones — the long-awaited holidays

lo que más deseo es... — my greatest wish is...

¿qué desea? — (frml) can I help you?

¿desea el señor algo más? — (frml) would you like anything else, sir?

si así lo desea — if you (so) wish (frml)

desearía una respuesta ahora — I would like a reply now

desear + inf: el director desea verlo (frml) the director wishes to see you (frml); está deseando verte he's really looking forward to seeing you; desear que + subj: ¿desea que se lo envuelva? (frml) would you like me to wrap it for you?; estoy deseando que llegue el verano I can't wait for summer; estaba deseando que le dijeran que no I was really hoping they'd say no to him; sería de desear que nos avisaran pronto — ideally we would like to know as soon as possible; dejar I 1) a)

3) < persona> to desire, want

* * *

= be keen to, desire, long (for), want, wish, reach out for, crave, lust (for/after/over), yearn, crave for, itch for.

Ex: Hosts are less keen to standardise, although the EURONET Common Command Language has been adopted by various hosts, and there is some recognition of the potential benefits to the user of greater standardisation.

Ex: Some types of indexing are appropriate where it is desired to concentrate effort on generating good indexes.

Ex: After you have chosen a story you long to tell, read it over and over and then analyse it.

Ex: On other occasions a user wants every document or piece of information on a topic traced, and then high recall must be sought, to the detriment of precision.

Ex: Step 1 Familiarisation: A searcher must be adequately familiar with that which he wishes to retrieve.

Ex: If people want regimentation which relieves them of responsibility, how then do you explain parents reaching out for control of schools, disdaining the help of experts.

Ex: Mayo maintained that workers are motivated by 'togetherness' and crave individual recognition within the group = Mayo mantenía que los trabajadores se motivan por la solidaridad y anhelan el reconocimiento individual dentro del grupo.

Ex: These two women were Samaria and Jerusalem, lusting after foreigners and foreign ways, and abandoning their god for shallow and ephemeral pleasures.

Ex: Since time immemorial, people have yearned for an immediate way to capture living moments in a picture.

Ex: With all of the things that make up our daily grind, we often find ourselves craving for the next getaway, for the next relaxation period.

Ex: It seems like he's itching for a change but doesn't know exactly the direction or directions to pursue in order to accomplish the change.

* dejar bastante que desear = leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.

* dejar que desear = leave + something + to be desired, leave + a bit to be desired.

* deseando desesperadamente realizarse = crying to come out.

* desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.

* desear ardientemente = gag for.

* desear fuertemente que Algo desaparezca = will + Nombre + away.

* desearle a Alguien que tenga un buen día = bid + Nombre + good day.

* desear mucha suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + the (very) best of luck.

* desear suerte = cross + Posesivo + fingers.

* desear suerte a Alguien = wish + Nombre + luck.

* desear vivamente = be eager to.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* que desee(n) = of + Posesivo + choice, of + Posesivo + choosing.

* según se desee = at will.

* si así lo desean = should they so wish.

* sin desearlo = unwantedly.

* * *

desear [A1 ]

vt

A ‹suerte/éxito/felicidad› to wish

llamó para desearme suerte he called to wish me good luck

te deseo un feliz viaje I hope you have a good trip

te deseamos mucha felicidad we wish you every happiness

B

(querer): no se puede desear un novio mejor you couldn't wish for a better boyfriend

un embarazo no deseado an unwanted pregnancy

por fin podrá disfrutar de esas tan deseadas vacaciones at last you can really enjoy those long-awaited holidays

lo que más deseo es volver a ver a mi hijo my greatest wish is to see my son again

esa moto que tanto había deseado that motorcycle he had wanted so much o he had so longed for

¿qué desea? ( frml); can I help you?, what would you like?

¿desea el señor algo más? ( frml); would you like anything else, sir?

se lo podemos enviar si así lo desea we can send it to you if you (so) wish ( frml)

desearía una contestación antes del lunes I would o ( BrE frml) should like a reply before Monday

desear + INF:

el director desea verlo en su despacho ( frml); the director would like o ( frml) wishes to see you in his office

¿desea la señora ver otro modelo? ( frml); would you like me to show you another style, madam?

desearía expresar mi satisfacción ( frml); I would o ( BrE frml) should like to express my satisfaction

está deseando verte he's really looking forward to seeing you, he's dying to see you ( colloq)

desear QUE + SUBJ:

no deseamos que la situación llegue a tal extremo ( frml); we would not wish the situation to reach that point ( frml)

¿desea el señor que se lo envuelva? ( frml); would you like me to wrap it for you, sir?

desearía que me diera su respuesta esta semana ( frml); I would o ( BrE frml) should like to have your reply this week

estoy deseando que llegue el verano I can't wait for o I'm longing for summer

estaba deseando que le dijeran que no I was really hoping they'd say no to him

sería de desear que nos avisaran con dos semanas de antelación ideally we would like two weeks' notice

dejar mucho que desear to leave a lot to be desired

su rendimiento deja mucho que desear his performance leaves a lot to be desired

vérselas y deseárselas to have a hard time (of it)

C ‹persona› to desire, want

no desearás a la mujer del prójimo ( Bib) thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife

* * *

desear ( conjugate desear) verbo transitivo
1 ‹suerte/éxito/felicidad› to wish;
◊ te deseo un feliz viaje I hope you have a good trip

2 ( querer):
◊ un embarazo no deseado an unwanted pregnancy;

las tan deseadas vacaciones the long-awaited holidays;
lo que más deseo es … my greatest wish is …;
si tú lo deseas if you want to;
desearía una respuesta ahora I would like a reply now;
está deseando verte he's really looking forward to seeing you;
¿desea que se lo envuelva? (frml) would you like me to wrap it for you?
3 ‹ persona› to desire, want
desear verbo transitivo
1 (anhelar, querer con intensidad) to desire: estoy deseando verte, I'm looking forward to seeing you
te deseo lo mejor, I wish you all the best
(suerte, felicidad, etc) to wish: os deseo unas felices vacaciones, have a good holiday
2 (sexualmente) to desire, want
3 frml (querer) to want: ¿desea usted algo, caballero?, can I help you, Sir?
deseo ver al director, I would like to see the manager
♦ Locuciones: deja mucho/bastante que desear, it leaves a lot to be desired
' desear' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apetecer
- dejar
- esperar
- rezar
- soñar
- suspirar
- aspirar
- bastante
English:
desire
- lust
- want
- will
- wish

* * *

desear vt

1. [querer] to want;
[anhelar] to wish;
siempre he deseado visitar Australia I've always wanted to go to Australia;

desearía estar allí I wish I was there;

por fin, la bici que tanto había deseado at last, the bicycle I'd wanted so much;

desearía agradecerle su apoyo I would like to thank you for your help;

si desea mayor información, llame al 900 1234 if you would like more information, please ring 900 1234;

desearíamos que nos informara sobre su disponibilidad we would be grateful if you could inform us whether or not you would be available;

en nuestra empresa deseamos ofrecer lo mejor a nuestros clientes in our company we want to offer our clients the best;

¿qué desea? [en tienda] what can I do for you?;

¿desea algo más? [en tienda] would you like anything else?, is that everything?;

¿desea que le enseñe más modelos? [en tienda] would you like me to show you some other models?;

si lo desea, se lo enviamos a su domicilio if you wish, we will deliver it to your home;

aquí estamos para lo que desee [a cliente] we are at your entire disposal;

estar deseando hacer algo to be looking forward to doing sth;

estaba deseando salir de allí I couldn't wait to get out of there;

estoy deseando que lleguen las vacaciones I'm really looking forward to the holidays;

¿te hace ilusión lo de ir en barco? – ¡estoy deseando! are you looking forward to going by boat? – you bet I am! o am I ever!;

ser de desear to be desirable;

es de desear que las negociaciones terminen pronto a quick end to the negotiations would be desirable;

dejar mucho/no dejar nada que desear to leave much/nothing to be desired

2. [felicidad, éxito, parabienes] to wish;

desear algo a alguien to wish sb sth;

te deseo mucha suerte I wish you the best of luck;

¡deséame suerte! wish me luck!;

me deseó lo mejor/un buen viaje he wished me all the best/a pleasant journey;

me deseó buenas noches he said goodnight (to me);

todos deseamos que te mejores pronto we all wish you a speedy recovery

3. [sexualmente] to desire;

te deseo, no puedo vivir sin ti I want you, I can't live without you;

no desearás a la mujer de tu prójimo thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's wife

* * *

desear

v/t

1 wish for; suerte etc wish

2

:

¿qué desea? what would you like?;

¿desea algo más? would you like anything else?

* * *

desear vt

1) : to wish

te deseo buena suerte: I wish you good luck

2) querer: to want, to desire

* * *

desear vb

1. (expresar deseos) to wish

le desearon buena suerte they wished him good luck

2. (querer) to want

siempre ha deseado ir a la China he's always wanted to go to China

estoy deseando irme de vacaciones I can't wait to go on holiday / I'm really looking forward to going on holiday

Spanish-English dictionary > desear

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

См. также в других словарях:

The Greatest American — Infobox Television show name = The Greatest American presenter = Matt Lauer country = United States executive producer = Jason Raff runtime = channel = Discovery Channel first aired = start date|2005|06|05 imdb id = 0463820The Greatest American… … Wikipedia

Rescue and recovery effort after the September 11 attacks — The area surrounding the World Trade Center became the site of the greatest number of casualties and missing, due to a single incident, in the history of the United States. This region became known in the ensuing days as ground zero .Building… … Wikipedia

The Offspring — For other uses, see Offspring (disambiguation). The Offspring The Offspring performing in 2008 in Fortaleza, Brazil Pictured: Greg K., Dexter Holland, Andrew Freeman and Noodles Background information … Wikipedia

The Wizard of Oz (1939 film) — The Wizard of Oz Theatrical release poster Directed by Victor Fleming Uncredited: Norman Taurog Richard Thorpe … Wikipedia

The United States of America —     The United States of America     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America     BOUNDARIES AND AREA     On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Colbert Report — logo Genre Comedy, Satire, News parody … Wikipedia

The Counter-Reformation —     The Counter Reformation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation     The subject will be considered under the following heads:     I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… … Catholic encyclopedia

The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia

The Shining (film) — The Shining Theatrical release poster Directed by Stanley Kubrick Produced by Stanle … Wikipedia

The Who — at a 1975 curtain call. Left to right: Roger Daltrey, John Entwistle, Keith Moon, Pete Townshend Background information Origin … Wikipedia

The Vanity of Human Wishes — The Vanity of Human Wishes: The Tenth Satire of Juvenal Imitated is a 1749 poem by the English author Samuel Johnson. [Johnson 1971] It was completed while Johnson was busy writing A Dictionary of the English Language and it was the first… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

after the greatest hope

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

after the greatest hope

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: